{"title":"Red Sea Reefer Aquariums","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reefer Aquariums - Ready-to-Use Reef Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reefer aquariums\u003c\/strong\u003e , the global benchmark for marine reefs. These all-in-one systems combine elegant design, ultra-clear glass, and advanced technology to create the perfect environment for your corals and fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Red Sea Reefer Range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefer G3 170, 200, 250\u003c\/strong\u003e – Compact sizes for small spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefer G3 350, 425 XL, 525 XL\u003c\/strong\u003e – Mid-range systems with improved integrated lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefer G3 750 XXL, 900\u003c\/strong\u003e – Large Capacity Reef Aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefer Peninsula G3\u003c\/strong\u003e – Panoramic design for 360° views\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures of Reefer Aquariums\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reefer\u003c\/strong\u003e includes an integrated sump with modular compartments, an adjustable water level management system, a sturdy cabinet, and preparation for ReefLED lighting. The models are designed to minimize noise and optimize water flow to suit your reef's needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Sea Accessories and Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete your system with Red Sea accessories: \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED\u003c\/strong\u003e (lighting), \u003cstrong\u003eReefWave\u003c\/strong\u003e (circulation pumps), \u003cstrong\u003eReefMat\u003c\/strong\u003e (mechanical filtration), \u003cstrong\u003eReefDose\u003c\/strong\u003e (automatic dosing) and custom protective covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSecure delivery throughout Canada. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eFree delivery available depending on the order amount.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSpecialized delivery of Red Sea Reefer aquariums throughout Canada. Expert support and manufacturer's warranty included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-170-g3","title":"Red Sea REEFER 170 G3 — 43.6 gal Rimless Reef Aquarium 24 in with ReefATO+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea REEFER 170 G3 — the smallest REEFER with a true sump\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe REEFER 170 G3 is the entry point to the series: a 24 in (60 cm) rimless display holding 43.6 US gallons of total volume (165 L), on a cabinet that hides a 37 L REEF-SPEC sump — the smallest Red Sea format to offer real under-tank filtration instead of a rear compartment. It takes the place of the MAX E-170 in the brand's lineup, with the full G3 architecture: silent downflow, ReefGate valve, ReefMat-ready sump and the ReefATO+ smart top-off included. The same sump architecture runs on the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-525-g3\"\u003e525 G3\u003c\/a\u003e at our store — we filmed a whole video series on it (in French, on the French side of this page).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen title=\"Red Sea REEFER G3 series overview video\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOfficial REEFER 170 G3 specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 165 L \/ 43.6 US gal\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 128 L\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 L\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 in (60 cm) long × 50 cm wide × 51 cm tall\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 mm front, 12 mm sides, 10 mm bottom, 8 mm back\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless, smooth beveled edges\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 275 kg \/ 607 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass aquarium alone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 kg \/ 77 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eSource: Red Sea's official REEFER G3 Models \u0026amp; Specs table and the series manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFloor load, clearances and placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 607 lb (275 kg) running, the 170 sits comfortably on most residential floors — and its 77 lb (35 kg) glass tank lifts onto the cabinet with two people. Red Sea puts the cabinet top at 86 cm (34 in) from the floor and asks for 10 cm (4 in) of clearance behind the tank for cables, plus 60 cm (24 in) free on one side for rear access. A stable room at 22°C (72°F), away from direct sun and heat sources, completes the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRimless glass, ReefGate and G3 piping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLike every straight REEFER up to the 350, the 170 G3 is rimless: ultra-clear, bevel-edged glass with no frame or brace for an open view of the reef. The redesigned G3 piping delivers, per Red Sea, up to 50% more water circulation than the previous generation, and the ReefGate high-precision gate valve fine-tunes the drain. The marine-spec plywood cabinet carries epoxy doors, stainless hinges and leveling feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box — and the official MAX configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the glass tank, the self-assembly cabinet, the ReefMat-ready REEF-SPEC sump with micron filter bags and media cups, the glue-free internal piping kit, and the ReefATO+ smart top-off with temperature probe and leak detector. Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, wavemaker and the top-off reservoir are chosen separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's published MAX configuration for the 170: 1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 115\u003c\/a\u003e light, 1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-25\"\u003eReefWave 25\u003c\/a\u003e gyre pump, one \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 4000\u003c\/a\u003e return pump — the model the series manual recommends — the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-300dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRSK 300 DC skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250\"\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/a\u003e roller filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan for these as well\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ReefATO+ reservoir never ships with any G3: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e fits inside the cabinet and connects directly. For RO water, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003eAquaticLife 100 GPD RO\/DI unit\u003c\/a\u003e easily covers a system this size, and since the tank is open-topped, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003eNet Cover\u003c\/a\u003e screen cut to size protects jumping fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSump and plumbing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable surface skimmer feeds the enlarged rectangular downflow inlet, which cuts turbulence and flow noise. The ReefGate valve locks the overflow-box level between the two intakes — the one adjustment that silences the drain. Inside the sump: 225-micron filter bags (Red Sea suggests three sets), an adjustable-height skimmer chamber, a bubble trap ahead of the pump section, and a constant level held by the ReefATO+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOne minute of advice before you start\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSetting up your first reef tank? Here's one minute of advice from our team — the five things that save new reefers years of frustration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\n\u003cvideo controls preload=\"metadata\" playsinline poster=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/preview_images\/a0d8f76d45be47608a2959a5d17edde0.thumbnail.0000000000.jpg?v=1786118780\" data-vs=\"51344465035435\" style=\"width:100%;border-radius:8px;\"\u003e\n\u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/vp\/a0d8f76d45be47608a2959a5d17edde0\/a0d8f76d45be47608a2959a5d17edde0.HD-1080p-7.2Mbps-91038996.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n\u003c\/video\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"The 170 is the smallest Red Sea tank that comes with a true sump. It's for people with limited space who are still fairly advanced: they want all the filtration below, inside the cabinet — the top-off, the sump, it's a real advantage. It's the perfect tank for an apartment or a condo: not too big, easy to set up, it doesn't take much room, and you keep all the REEFER quality and the equipment ecosystem that goes with it.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"The mistake people often make with small aquariums: they buy small because they lack space, then they want the fish from the big tanks. I advise against that — tangs in a small aquarium like this simply don't work long term. There are fish made for small tanks: they do much better there and stay less aggressive. A nice little rockscape, a small ecosystem with little fish wandering through the invertebrates — that's balanced. Big fish in a small aquarium just don't go together: it's unbalanced.\" — \u003cstrong\u003eStéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e3-year warranty, extendable to 5 years\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base warranty covers the system for 3 years. Original purchasers who register their aquarium with Red Sea within 90 days receive 2 extra years at no charge on the structural integrity of the glass and cabinet — Canada qualifies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy your REEFER 170 from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA first sumped system succeeds with people behind it. When you buy an aquarium from us, we call you: we go over your questions, what your setup is missing, and we show you how — before and after the sale, with thirty years in the trade and videos filmed on our own systems. Secure delivery across Canada at a flat $100 rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ — Red Sea REEFER 170 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat replaces the Red Sea MAX E-170?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MAX E-170 is no longer produced. In Red Sea's current lineup, the 24-inch format with a sump is the REEFER 170 G3 — the same compact footprint, now with the full G3 architecture: ReefGate, ReefMat-ready sump and ReefATO+ included. The lighting, built into the MAX E, is chosen separately here — which lets you pick exactly the light you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the REEFER 170 G3 come with a skimmer and return pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea's official spec table lists the main pump, protein skimmer, wavemaker and lighting as not included. The series manual recommends the ReefRun G2 4000, and Red Sea's MAX configuration pairs the RSK 300 DC skimmer and the ReefMat 250 with this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat fish can live in a 43-gallon reef tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFish made for smaller volumes — they do better and stay less aggressive. Large swimmers like tangs don't suit this format long term. A small rockscape with little fish and invertebrates makes a balanced ecosystem — call us and we'll build the stocking list together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":44736329613483,"sku":"R45111","price":2599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":44736329646251,"sku":"R45112","price":2599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20251208-1470d0333dba714f30c196f7ff4c7ab0.png?v=1785272140"},{"product_id":"red-sea-100-micron-felt-filter-bag","title":"Red Sea Felt Filter Sock 100 Micron 4 in x 10.5 in — Fine Water Polishing","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea 100 micron felt filter sock\u003c\/strong\u003e is the finest grade in the range: it is made for \u003cstrong\u003efinal water polishing\u003c\/strong\u003e in an established tank, when little particulate matter remains and you want the water perfectly clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the 100 micron fits in the Red Sea range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea offers three reusable 10.5 in (26 cm) filter socks, all built on the standard 4 in (10 cm) ring of \u003cstrong\u003eREEFER\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eMAX-S\u003c\/strong\u003e aquariums — and of any standard 4 in filter sock holder, whatever the brand of your sump. The thick felt traps particles throughout the full depth of its wall. The 100 micron is the polishing grade: Red Sea recommends it for mature aquariums whose water is already low in particulate matter. For everyday use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-225-micron-felt-filter-bag\"\u003e225 micron felt sock\u003c\/a\u003e goes longer between cleanings, and for a brand-new setup, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-225-micron-mesh-filter-bag\"\u003e225 micron thin-mesh sock\u003c\/a\u003e is the easiest to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: 100 micron — felt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 10.5 in (26 cm), 4 in (10 cm) ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: REEFER, MAX-S and any standard 4 in sock holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable and washable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways run the finest mesh you can put up with. The finer it is, the more it filters — but the faster it clogs. Personally, I prefer the 100 micron and I clean it often. If frequent maintenance is not your thing, the 225 will let you breathe longer between cleanings. And if you are done with filter socks altogether, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250\"\u003eReefMat\u003c\/a\u003e does the job more effectively than any sock. — Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy at ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Laval, QC, with fast shipping across Canada. Tired of washing filter socks? The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-nano-fleece-roller-filter\"\u003eNanoMat\u003c\/a\u003e replaces 4 in socks with an automatic fleece roller, and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-filter-media-cup\"\u003eFilter Media Cup\u003c\/a\u003e turns the same holder into a media cup for carbon, resins or floss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose a 100 or 225 micron filter sock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to Red Sea, the 100 micron provides fine polishing of water that is already clean, in a mature tank. The 225 micron felt is the everyday choice and needs cleaning less often than the 100. The 225 micron thin-mesh is ideal for new setups or after heavy maintenance, when the water carries a lot of particulate matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit my REEFER aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes: these 10.5 in (26 cm) socks are designed for Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S systems, and fit any standard 4 in (10 cm) filter sock holder, regardless of your sump's brand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011007271083,"sku":"RSR42195","price":23.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/Red-Sea-100-micron-Felt-Fine-filter-bag.jpg?v=1708979010"},{"product_id":"red-sea-225-micron-felt-filter-bag","title":"Red Sea Felt Filter Sock 225 Micron 4 in x 10.5 in — Everyday Filtration","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea 225 micron felt filter sock\u003c\/strong\u003e is the everyday workhorse of the range: according to Red Sea, it is ideal for regular day-to-day use and allows a \u003cstrong\u003elonger period between cleanings\u003c\/strong\u003e than the 100 micron sock, while keeping the water clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe daily-use grade of the Red Sea range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea offers three reusable 10.5 in (26 cm) filter socks, all built on the standard 4 in (10 cm) ring of \u003cstrong\u003eREEFER\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eMAX-S\u003c\/strong\u003e aquariums — and of any standard 4 in filter sock holder. The thick felt traps debris throughout the full depth of its wall, making it a very effective catch for everyday particles. When your water gets very clean and you are after perfect clarity, step down to the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-100-micron-felt-filter-bag\"\u003e100 micron felt sock\u003c\/a\u003e; for a new setup or right after heavy maintenance, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-225-micron-mesh-filter-bag\"\u003e225 micron thin-mesh sock\u003c\/a\u003e is easier to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: 225 micron — felt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 10.5 in (26 cm), 4 in (10 cm) ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: REEFER, MAX-S and any standard 4 in sock holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable and washable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways run the finest mesh you can put up with. The finer it is, the more it filters — but the faster it clogs. Personally, I prefer the 100 micron and I clean it often. If frequent maintenance is not your thing, this 225 will let you breathe longer between cleanings. And if you are done with filter socks altogether, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250\"\u003eReefMat\u003c\/a\u003e does the job more effectively than any sock. — Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy at ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Laval, QC, with fast shipping across Canada. Done with washing socks? The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-nano-fleece-roller-filter\"\u003eNanoMat\u003c\/a\u003e replaces 4 in socks with an automatic fleece roller, and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-filter-media-cup\"\u003eFilter Media Cup\u003c\/a\u003e turns the same holder into a cup for carbon and resins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFelt or thin-mesh at 225 micron: what is the difference?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame rating, two materials. Felt traps particles throughout the thickness of its wall — Red Sea's everyday choice. The monofilament thin-mesh is much easier to clean and doubles as a media holder: Red Sea recommends it for new setups and after heavy maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit my REEFER aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes: these 10.5 in (26 cm) socks are designed for Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S systems, and fit any standard 4 in (10 cm) filter sock holder, whatever the brand of your sump.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011007336619,"sku":"RSR42196","price":23.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/Red-Sea-225-micron-Felt-filter-bag.jpg?v=1707872060"},{"product_id":"red-sea-225-micron-mesh-filter-bag","title":"Red Sea Thin-Mesh Filter Sock 225 Micron 4 in x 10.5 in — Easy to Clean","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea 225 micron thin-mesh filter sock\u003c\/strong\u003e is the heavy-duty cleaner of the range: according to Red Sea, it is perfect for \u003cstrong\u003enew setups\u003c\/strong\u003e and right after heavy maintenance, whenever the water carries a lot of particulate matter. Its \u003cstrong\u003emonofilament\u003c\/strong\u003e construction makes it very easy to clean — and it is now the sock supplied with REEFER and MAX-S systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMonofilament mesh: easy cleaning, two jobs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea offers three reusable 10.5 in (26 cm) filter socks, all built on the standard 4 in (10 cm) ring of \u003cstrong\u003eREEFER\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eMAX-S\u003c\/strong\u003e aquariums — and of any standard 4 in holder. The 225 micron thin-mesh has a second talent felt does not: Red Sea also recommends it as a \u003cstrong\u003eholder for other mechanical or chemical filter media\u003c\/strong\u003e. For everyday duty, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-225-micron-felt-filter-bag\"\u003e225 micron felt sock\u003c\/a\u003e traps debris throughout the depth of its wall, and for final polishing of a mature tank, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-100-micron-felt-filter-bag\"\u003e100 micron felt sock\u003c\/a\u003e takes over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: 225 micron — monofilament thin-mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 10.5 in (26 cm), 4 in (10 cm) ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: REEFER, MAX-S and any standard 4 in sock holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoubles as a holder for mechanical or chemical media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable, very easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways run the finest mesh you can put up with. The finer it is, the more it filters — but the faster it clogs. Personally, I prefer the 100 micron and I clean it often. If frequent maintenance is not your thing, this 225 will let you breathe longer between cleanings. And if you are done with filter socks altogether, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250\"\u003eReefMat\u003c\/a\u003e does the job more effectively than any sock. — Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy at ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Laval, QC, with fast shipping across Canada. To stop washing socks altogether, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-nano-fleece-roller-filter\"\u003eNanoMat\u003c\/a\u003e replaces 4 in socks with an automatic fleece roller; the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-filter-media-cup\"\u003eFilter Media Cup\u003c\/a\u003e turns the same holder into a media cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose thin-mesh over felt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe monofilament mesh cleans far more easily than felt — a real advantage when the sock fills up fast, as it does in a new tank or after heavy maintenance. Felt, on the other hand, traps particles throughout the thickness of its wall and remains Red Sea's everyday choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold carbon or resins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes: Red Sea states the 225 micron thin-mesh sock is also suitable as a holder for other mechanical or chemical filter media, on top of its filter sock duty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit my REEFER aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes: these 10.5 in (26 cm) socks are designed for Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S systems — it is the model now supplied with them — and fit any standard 4 in (10 cm) holder.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011007369387,"sku":"RSR42197","price":23.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/9950-Filtres-micron-bag-Red-Sea-225-micron-en-nyloncopy_png.webp?v=1708977021"},{"product_id":"red-sea-ato-float-valve-for-max-e-s-and-reefer","title":"Red Sea ATO Float Valve — Automatic RO Reservoir Fill for REEFER and Max E-S R40373","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea float valve\u003c\/strong\u003e (genuine part R40373) is a mechanical float valve: installed in the RO water reservoir of your ATO setup, it automatically shuts off the incoming water when the set level is reached. No power, no sensor — the float rises with the water and closes the valve, that's it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it does in an ATO setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect your RO unit straight to your top off reservoir and stop babysitting it: the valve lets RO water in up to the chosen level, then closes. Your reservoir keeps itself full, and your ATO draws from it without ever running dry. Red Sea intends it for its REEFER and Max E-S systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eData not published by the manufacturer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a detailed product page for this part (dimensions, fitting diameter). We will not invent them: if an exact fitting matters for your setup, write to us with your configuration and we will check the part in store before answering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eRed Sea ReefATO+ 3-in-1\u003c\/a\u003e — the smart ATO that draws from the reservoir this valve keeps full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eRed Sea ReefCan 18 \u0026amp; 40\u003c\/a\u003e — the vertical RO water reservoir built for top off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy your parts at ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe are an authorized Red Sea dealer. Part in stock in Canada, shipped fast across the country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a float valve do in an ATO system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt keeps the RO reservoir of your auto top off permanently full: water from your RO unit flows in until the set level, then the float closes the valve. Without one, you refill the reservoir by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this valve need electricity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a fully mechanical valve: the float does all the work. Nothing to plug in, nothing to program.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011046461611,"sku":"R40373","price":33.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/redsea__float_valve_r40373_56935bcd-4d19-4b53-b0bd-603e6c539ba2.jpg?v=1611575717"},{"product_id":"red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24","title":"Red Sea Aquarium Net Cover — DIY Jump-Proof Mesh Screen for Open-Top Aquariums","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Aquarium Net Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is Red Sea's official customizable screen top: an extra-strong aluminum frame and 8 mm (5\/16\") thin-strand transparent netting that keep your fish in the tank without ruining the look of an open-top reef. The kit is cut to size — profiles to trim, corners to assemble — and mounts on the rim or inside the rim, your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/qLNQsKHyUD0\" title=\"How to build a Red Sea DIY Aquarium Net Cover - official tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA low-profile top that disappears on the tank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its sleek profile and minimalist hangers, the cover blends in even on ultra-clear rimless glass. Every kit includes the components for one custom cut-out around a piece of equipment (overflow, light arm, auto-feeder), the spline roller, and the rubber spline that locks the netting into the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFive sizes to cover the whole lineup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 x 24\" (60 x 60 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — R42080: REEFER 170 and 200 (G3 and G2), MAX NANO, Desktop, REEFER Nano\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e36 x 24\" (90 x 60 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — R42081: REEFER 250 and 300, Peninsula 350, MAX NANO G2 XXL, MAX E-260\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e48 x 31\" (120 x 80 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — R42082: REEFER 350 and 425, S-550, Peninsula 500, MAX S-400 and S-500\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e60 x 31\" (150 x 80 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — R42083: REEFER 525 and 625, S-700, Peninsula S-700, MAX S-650\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e72 x 31\" (180 x 80 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — R42084: first-generation REEFER XXL 750 and Peninsula 650\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes a precise cutting guide for every tank model, and some large systems combine several kits. \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea states that the measurements in its manual apply to first-generation (G1) REEFER systems, and that updated measurements for the G2+ range will be published later. If you have a G2+, write to us with your exact model and we'll confirm the right size and required accessories before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe problem with net covers is that people always wait until they've found a fish or two on the floor before buying one. As soon as you keep species that jump — gobies, wrasses, and there are plenty of others — ask us at the shop: we'll tell you. Get yourself a top. It's not a question of \"if\" it will happen, it's \"when\". You love those fish, we love them too — and too often they turn up missing, or dried out on the floor in the morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnd when you install it: take your time.\u003c\/strong\u003e Go slowly. It goes together well, but it doesn't go together fast. Watch the tutorial all the way through before you cut the first profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA DIY project, plain and simple\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea says it openly: this cover delivers the customization of a made-to-measure top at a fraction of the price, but it calls for real DIY skills — planning, exact measurements and cutting aluminum profiles. If that's not your kind of project, ask a handy friend, or drop by the shop in Laval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-hanging-clips\"\u003eNet Cover hanging clips\u003c\/a\u003e add anchor points to the frame, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-universal-cut-out-kit\"\u003euniversal cut-out kit\u003c\/a\u003e allows one more equipment pass-through, and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-zig-zag-15-40mm-cut-outs\"\u003eZig-Zag 15\/40 mm kit\u003c\/a\u003e works around LED mounting brackets. If a cut goes wrong or a part wears out, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-replacement-net-13-x-31\"\u003ereplacement netting\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-replacement-spline-26\"\u003ereplacement spline\u003c\/a\u003e are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Red Sea net cover fits my aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach size covers a family of tanks — see the list above. Recent REEFER models also use a Zig-Zag or cut-out kit depending on the lighting installed. When in doubt, write to us with your exact tank model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes assembly require tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is a cut-to-size kit: you measure, cut the aluminum profiles to length, assemble the corners, then press the netting in with the included spline roller. The official tutorial above walks through every step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover work on rimless aquariums?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Red Sea designed it first and foremost for rimless open-top tanks, and it also works on braced tanks like the MAX S series. The 8 mm transparent netting stays discreet once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"24” x 24” (60 x 60 cm)","offer_id":45001715777707,"sku":"RSR42080","price":99.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false},{"title":"36” x 24” (90 x 60 cm)","offer_id":45001715810475,"sku":"RSR42081","price":109.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48” x 31” (120 x 80 cm)","offer_id":45001715843243,"sku":"RSR42082","price":124.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false},{"title":"60” x 31” (150 x 80 cm)","offer_id":45001715876011,"sku":"RSR42083","price":155.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"72” x 31” (180 x 80 cm)","offer_id":45001715908779,"sku":"RSR42084","price":179.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/red-sea-net-cover-24-frame.jpg?v=1738780565"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-filter-media-cup","title":"Reefer Filter Media Cup 4\" — Media Basket That Replaces the Sock R42177 - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Filter Media Cup\u003c\/strong\u003e (part R42177) is a slotted cup that drops into your REEFER sump's sock holder, in place of the filter sock. You fill it with the media of your choice and the water runs through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Media Cup is genuinely handy for people who want something other than a filter sock — or who want a sock \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e carbon, or other media, at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou take the sock out, drop the Media Cup in its place, and load it with whatever media you want. It's quick, it's easy to clean, and above all \u003cstrong\u003eit needs no extra hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: it sits straight in the sock holder that's already in your sump. No basket to buy, no reactor to plumb, no additional pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e diameter, \u003cstrong\u003e8 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedia bag included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlots in the lower half force the water through the media before it can exit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrops into the original sock holder of REEFER sumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour inches is the standard REEFER sock-holder format — the same as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-100-micron-felt-filter-bag\"\u003eRed Sea 4\" filter socks\u003c\/a\u003e this cup replaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat goes in it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivated carbon, phosphate-removing resin, filter floss, biological media, foam — the cup dictates nothing. You decide what your water passes through, and you can change your mind next week without dismantling anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you'd rather stay with classic mechanical filtration, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-225-micron-mesh-filter-bag\"\u003e225 micron mesh socks\u003c\/a\u003e wash and reuse. To store your supplement bottles and media in the cabinet, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-slide-out-control-panel-60\"\u003eSlide-out Control Panel 60\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a special holder for it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It drops into the sock holder already present in your REEFER sump, exactly where the sock used to sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it run alongside a sock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your sump and how many positions it has, yes: some keep a sock on one side for mechanical filtration and run carbon in the cup on the other. Write to us with your tank model if you'd like us to look at it with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it get cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePull it out, empty it, rinse it. It's a rigid cup — no fabric to launder, no sock to replace on a schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit a non-Red Sea sock holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts 4 inch diameter is a common format and it drops into several other brands' holders. Red Sea publishes no compatibility list beyond its own sumps, though — write to us with the brand and model of your holder and we'll check it with you before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011063566507,"sku":"RSR42177","price":37.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/box_and_cup_for_web.webp?v=1708274688"},{"product_id":"red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-hanging-clips","title":"Net Cover Hanging Clips — Additional Support Hangers 4-Pack - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Net Cover hanging clips\u003c\/strong\u003e are the replacement hangers for Red Sea's customizable aquarium screen top. The manufacturer designates them \u003cstrong\u003e(C)\u003c\/strong\u003e in its parts nomenclature and sells them in a \u003cstrong\u003e4-pack\u003c\/strong\u003e to add support points wherever a long unsupported span starts to give.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat they're for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery Net Cover kit ships with a hanger count fixed by its size: 4 on the 60x60 and 90x60 cm formats, 6 on the 120x80 cm, and 10 on the 150x80 and 180x80 cm. Across a long span — or once the mesh is pulled properly taut — that base count can let the frame work. Adding hangers spreads the load and keeps the profile straight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey also serve as plain \u003cstrong\u003ereplacement parts\u003c\/strong\u003e: one clip snapped during a tank move or lost during a cleaning doesn't mean buying a whole new kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial assembly tutorial\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/qLNQsKHyUD0\" title=\"How to build a Red Sea DIY Aquarium Net Cover - official tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Net Cover is a cut-it-yourself kit: go slowly. It goes together well, but it doesn't go together fast. And before you cut or drill anything, watch the tutorial all the way through — everything is shown in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the cover itself: don't wait until you find a fish on the floor. Gobies, wrasses and plenty of others jump. It's not a question of \"if\", it's \"when\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOthers in the same family\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese clips fit the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003eRed Sea Aquarium Net Cover kit\u003c\/a\u003e. To route around equipment, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-universal-cut-out-kit\"\u003euniversal cut-out kit\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-zig-zag-15-40mm-cut-outs\"\u003eZig-Zag 15\/40 mm kit\u003c\/a\u003e. If the mesh needs replacing, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-replacement-net-13-x-31\"\u003ereplacement netting\u003c\/a\u003e is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many clips are in the pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour — the hanger (C) from Red Sea's parts nomenclature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many do I need for my cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the span. The base count runs from 4 to 10 depending on kit size. If your frame visibly sags between two support points, add more. Write to us with your cover's dimensions if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they fit another brand's screen top?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're built for the Red Sea aluminum profile. Red Sea publishes no cross-brand compatibility — if you see such a claim elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011195556011,"sku":"RSR42087","price":13.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/images-2.jpg?v=1738789411"},{"product_id":"red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-zig-zag-15-40mm-cut-outs","title":"Net Cover Zig-Zag 15 and 40 mm — Route Around Light Arms and Mounts - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Net Cover Zig-Zag kit\u003c\/strong\u003e lets your screen top step around a slim rim-mounted obstacle — typically an LED light arm, a feeder bracket or a cable — by offsetting the frame edge instead of cutting a hole in the mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes the following parts list for R42085 — \u003cstrong\u003etwo sets, two clearances\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZigZag 15 left (F) — 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZigZag 15 right (F) — 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZigZag 40 left (F) — 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZigZag 40 right (F) — 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 15 mm set handles narrow obstacles, the 40 mm set wider brackets. Both come in the same box and you use whichever suits your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial assembly tutorial\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/qLNQsKHyUD0\" title=\"How to build a Red Sea DIY Aquarium Net Cover - official tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Net Cover is a cut-it-yourself kit: go slowly. It goes together well, but it doesn't go together fast. And before you cut anything, watch the tutorial all the way through — everything is shown in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the clearance you actually need \u003cem\u003ebefore\u003c\/em\u003e choosing between 15 and 40 mm. A light arm that swings needs more room than a fixed one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOthers in the same family\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit fits the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003eRed Sea Aquarium Net Cover\u003c\/a\u003e. For bulky gear like a skimmer or overflow, you want the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-universal-cut-out-kit\"\u003euniversal cut-out kit\u003c\/a\u003e instead. Across a long span, extra \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-hanging-clips\"\u003ehanging clips\u003c\/a\u003e keep the frame from sagging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between 15 mm and 40 mm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the lateral clearance the piece creates to let equipment through. 15 mm suits narrow mounts, 40 mm thicker brackets. Both sets are in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eZig-Zag or universal cut-out kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZig-Zag for a slim obstacle the cover's edge can step around. Universal cut-out kit when you need to open a genuine rectangular pass-through for a skimmer or an overflow box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need one Zig-Zag per light arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach detour uses one left-right set. So one box covers a single 15 mm obstacle and a single 40 mm one. For two obstacles of the same size you need two boxes — write to us with your setup if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011196375211,"sku":"RSR42085","price":13.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/zigzag_set.jpg.mst.webp?v=1707872100"},{"product_id":"red-sea-rsk-300-reefer-skimmer","title":"Red Sea RSK 300 — REEFER Skimmer Sicce PSK-600 Mixed Reef 160 gal - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea RSK 300 REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e protein skimmer is the entry-level model in the REEFER Skimmer range, designed for reef aquariums up to 300 liters (80 gallons) with a heavy SPS load and up to 600 liters (160 gallons) with a mixed reef. Equipped with the Sicce PSK-600 needle-wheel pump with an oversized venturi, it produces a finely dispersed air-water mixture through a high-performance reaction chamber that maintains an ORP (REDOX) level above 350 mV — a level normally associated with ozone treatment, without ozone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVideo — Red Sea REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/OH00jZ0qgRw\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER Skimmer RSK 300 protein skimmer reef aquarium\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"Red Sea's REEFER™ Skimmers: Efficient - Quiet - Ergonomic\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea presentation of the REEFER Skimmer: high-performance flow dynamics, FoamView window, built-in neck cleaner and oversized air intake silencer.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/OH00jZ0qgRw\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2019-01-10\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/OH00jZ0qgRw\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity based on biological load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"300\" in RSK 300 refers to the liter capacity for a heavily loaded SPS aquarium. The actual capacity varies depending on your reef type:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS \/ Heavy load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 300 L (80 gal) — Acropora, Montipora, frequent feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed reef \/ Medium load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 600 L (160 gal) — SPS, LPS, soft corals combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish only \/ Light load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 900 L (240 gal) — Fish-only aquarium with few corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the RSK 300 stands out from the competition\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea didn't just put a pump in a conical tube. Every detail of the RSK 300 has been designed to address the irritants that reef keepers are familiar with in other skimmers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNoise reduction — Concrete efforts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has integrated several elements to reduce operating noise: an oversized air intake silencer on the venturi inlet, anti-vibration rubber feet, and vibration-absorbing connectors between each component. The noise level varies depending on the installation (sump type, surface under the skimmer, cabinet resonance). For reef keepers who want to go even further in silence, upgrading to the DC pump (sold separately) offers significantly smoother operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFoamView window and integrated neck cleaner\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 300's collection cup incorporates two innovations that change daily maintenance. The FoamView window allows you to see the foam rise in the neck without removing the cup. The neck cleaner integrated into the lid is a rotating bar with a double-sided thick rubber scraper that removes accumulation on the neck walls in a few rotations. With the drainage port and its 1-meter hose with valve, you can empty the cup into an external container without ever removing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHydrodynamic diffusion chamber\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diffusion plate at the bottom of the reaction chamber has numerous and prominent outlet holes that uniformly disperse the fine bubbles created by the PSK pump throughout the cone. Unlike flat diffusers from the competition, this design does not reduce either air or water flow, maximizing air-water contact time for optimal organic waste and protein extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly and maintenance designed for reef keepers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea uses custom short-threaded nylon screws — just a few turns to screw them in, and the wide thread prevents salt particles from getting stuck. The Sicce PSK-600 pump can be removed with one click thanks to the click-in\/out bracket for quick cleaning. The cup locks into the neck with a watertight snap compression. The pump's cable routing neatly routes into the bracket without dragging in the sump water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3 orientation options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe symmetrical base of the conical body can be installed in 3 different orientations to position the pump's water intake and the adjustment valve wherever you want in your sump. Whether your sump is narrow with access from the left, right, or front, there is an optimal configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for the Red Sea REEFER ecosystem\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 300 integrates perfectly into the skimming chamber of Red Sea REEFER systems. The water level indicator on the skimmer regulator corresponds exactly to the water level inside the REEFER sump — everything is calibrated to work together. Compatible with REEFER 170, REEFER 250, and REEFER 350 (G1, G2, and G2+) models. Also works in any third-party sump with a water height of 15 to 20 cm (6 to 8 inches).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e RSK-300\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sicce PSK-600 needle-wheel (AC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 L\/h (130 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 L\/h (265 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintained ORP:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350+ mV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53 cm (21 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 x 21 cm or 25 x 18 cm depending on chosen orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended water height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 to 20 cm (6 to 8 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam regulator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Notched precision valve controlling water level in the reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent acrylic, saltwater resistant components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x RSK 300 skimmer body with conical reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Sicce PSK-600 pump with click-in\/out bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Collection cup with FoamView window and integrated neck cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Oversized air intake silencer with supply hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 1-meter drainage hose with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly base with 3 orientation options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort-threaded nylon screws and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDC upgrade available\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 300 can be upgraded with the Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer pump, which replaces the original Sicce PSK-600 AC pump. The DC pump offers significantly smoother operation, 20W consumption, variable flow controlled via the ReefBeat app, and Self-Leveling functionality that automatically adjusts skimming intensity to prevent foam overflows. The ReefRun Dual controller is required (sold separately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Canada with technical support in French. We use REEFER skimmers on our own systems — we can guide you through break-in and valve adjustment. Delivery throughout Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-600-dc-pump-upgrade-kit\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Skimmer DC Pump Upgrade Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — converts your RSK 300 into a Self-Leveling DC model; contains the PSK DC-1200 pump and the skim sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-rsk-600-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRed Sea RSK 600 REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e — the model above, for mixed reefs up to 1,200 L if your biological load outgrows the RSK 300\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e — automatic fleece roller filter; mechanical filtration upstream reduces the organic load the skimmer has to handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 175 gal\u003c\/a\u003e — reef salt formulated for REEFER systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RSK 300 powerful enough for a REEFER 250 or a 120-gallon aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The RSK 300 is recommended by Red Sea for mixed reefs up to 160 gallons (600 liters). For a REEFER 250 (65 gallons) or a 120-gallon aquarium with an average biological load, the RSK 300 offers more than sufficient skimming performance. For a 120-gallon aquarium dominated by SPS with frequent feeding, consider the RSK 600.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RSK 300 noisy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has integrated an oversized air silencer, anti-vibration feet, and rubber connectors to reduce noise. However, like any skimmer with an AC pump, the noise level depends on your installation: the type of sump, the surface under the skimmer, and the cabinet resonance influence the result. If silence is an absolute priority, upgrading to the Red Sea DC pump is highly recommended — it offers significantly smoother operation than the original AC pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to adjust the RSK 300 skimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sicce PSK-600 AC pump operates at a fixed speed. Skimming adjustment is done via the notched precision valve that controls the water level inside the reaction chamber. By raising the water level, the foam is pushed higher into the neck for wetter skimming. By lowering the level, the foam rises less for drier skimming. During break-in (first 1-2 weeks), set the valve for a lower water level to allow the skimmer to stabilize. After break-in, gradually raise the level to obtain a dense and stable foam in the neck. Use the FoamView window to monitor without touching the cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I upgrade the AC pump to the DC pump later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer pump is a direct replacement for the PSK-600 AC pump. It connects to the ReefRun Dual controller (sold separately) and offers variable flow, automatic Self-Leveling function, and integration with the ReefBeat app for remote control.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011206893739,"sku":"RSR50503","price":679.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/RSK_Skimmer_300.png?v=1775338894"},{"product_id":"red-sea-rsk-600-reefer-skimmer","title":"Red Sea RSK 600 — REEFER Skimmer Sicce PSK-1000 Mixed Reef 320 gal - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea RSK 600 REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e protein skimmer is the mid-range model of the REEFER Skimmer line, designed for reef aquariums up to 600 liters (160 gallons) with heavy SPS loads and up to 1,200 liters (320 gallons) for mixed reefs. Equipped with the Sicce PSK-1000 needlewheel pump with an oversized venturi, it produces a finely dispersed air-water mixture through a high-performance reaction chamber that maintains an ORP (REDOX) level above 350 mV — a level normally associated with ozone treatment, without ozone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVideo — Red Sea REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/OH00jZ0qgRw\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER Skimmer RSK 600 reef aquarium protein skimmer\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"Red Sea's REEFER™ Skimmers: Efficient - Quiet - Ergonomic\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea presentation of the REEFER Skimmer: high-performance flow dynamics, FoamView window, built-in neck cleaner and oversized air intake silencer.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/OH00jZ0qgRw\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2019-01-10\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/OH00jZ0qgRw\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity by biological load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"600\" in RSK 600 refers to the capacity in liters for a heavy-load SPS aquarium. Actual capacity varies depending on your reef type:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS \/ Heavy load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 600 L (160 gal) — Acropora, Montipora, frequent feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed reef \/ Medium load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1,200 L (320 gal) — Combined SPS, LPS, soft corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish only \/ Light load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1,800 L (500 gal) — Fish tank with few corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRSK 600 vs RSK 300 — Why upgrade?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 600 doubles the capacity of the RSK 300 thanks to a more powerful pump (Sicce PSK-1000 vs PSK-600) and a larger reaction chamber. Air flow increases from 500 to 750 L\/h and water flow from 1,000 to 1,500 L\/h, which significantly increases air-water contact time and the amount of organic waste extracted. If your aquarium exceeds 80 gallons with a heavy SPS load or 160 gallons with a mixed reef, or if you feed your corals and fish heavily, the RSK 600 is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the RSK 600 stands out from the competition\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNoise reduction — Concrete efforts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has integrated several elements to reduce operating noise: an oversized air intake silencer on the venturi inlet, anti-vibration rubber feet, and vibration-absorbing connectors between each component. The sound level varies depending on the installation (sump type, surface under the skimmer, cabinet resonance). As the PSK-1000 pump is more powerful than the PSK-600, it naturally produces more air noise. For reefers who want to go further in silence, upgrading to the DC pump (sold separately) offers significantly smoother operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFoamView window and integrated neck cleaner\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe collection cup incorporates two innovations that change daily maintenance. The FoamView window allows you to see the foam rising in the neck without removing the cup. The integrated neck cleaner in the lid is a rotating bar with a thick double-sided rubber scraper that removes accumulation on the neck walls in a few rotations. With the drain port and its 1-meter hose with valve, you can empty the cup into an external container without ever removing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHydrodynamic diffusion chamber\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diffusion plate at the bottom of the reaction chamber has numerous and prominent outlet holes that uniformly disperse the fine bubbles created by the PSK pump throughout the cone. This design does not reduce either air flow or water flow, maximizing air-water contact time for optimal extraction of organic waste and proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly and maintenance designed for reefers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea uses custom short-threaded nylon screws — just a few turns are needed to tighten them, and the wide thread prevents salt particles from getting stuck. The Sicce PSK-1000 pump removes with a click thanks to the click-in\/out bracket for quick cleaning. The cup locks into the neck with a sealed snap compression. The pump's cable routing neatly tucks into the bracket without trailing in the sump water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3 orientation options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe symmetrical base of the conical body can be installed in 3 different orientations to position the pump's water intake and the control valve wherever you want in your sump. Whether your sump is narrow with left, right, or front access, there is an optimal configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for the Red Sea REEFER ecosystem\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 600 integrates perfectly into the skimmer chamber of Red Sea REEFER systems. The water level indicator on the skimmer regulator precisely matches the water level inside the REEFER sump — everything is calibrated to work together. Compatible with REEFER 350, REEFER 425, REEFER 525, REEFER 625, and REEFER Peninsula (G1, G2, and G2+) models. Also works in any third-party sump with a water height of 18 to 20 cm (7 to 8 inches).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e RSK-600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sicce PSK-1000 needlewheel (AC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 L\/h (195 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 L\/h (400 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintained ORP:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350+ mV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 56 cm (22 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26 x 24 cm (10.2 x 9.4 in) or 29 x 21 cm (11.4 x 8.3 in) depending on orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended water height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 20 cm (7 to 8 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkim regulator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Notched precision valve controlling water level in the reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent acrylic, saltwater resistant components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBox contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x RSK 600 skimmer body with conical reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Sicce PSK-1000 pump with click-in\/out bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Collection cup with FoamView window and integrated neck cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Oversized air intake silencer with supply hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 1-meter drain hose with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly base with 3 orientation options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort-threaded nylon screws and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDC upgrade available\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 600 can be upgraded with the Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer pump, which replaces the original Sicce PSK-1000 AC pump. The DC pump offers significantly smoother operation, 25W power consumption, an air flow of 750 L\/h with variable flow controlled via the ReefBeat app, and the Self-Leveling feature that automatically adjusts skimmer intensity to prevent foam overflow. The ReefRun Dual controller is required (sold separately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Canada with technical support in French. We use REEFER skimmers on our own systems — we can guide you through break-in and valve adjustment. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-600-dc-pump-upgrade-kit\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Skimmer DC Pump Upgrade Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — converts your RSK 600 into a Self-Leveling DC model; choose the RSK 600 DC variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-rsk-900-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRed Sea RSK 900 REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e — the model above, for mixed reefs up to 500 gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e — automatic fleece roller filter; mechanical filtration upstream reduces the organic load the skimmer has to handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 175 gal\u003c\/a\u003e — reef salt formulated for REEFER systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RSK 600 the right choice for a REEFER 425 or a 150-gallon aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The RSK 600 is recommended by Red Sea for mixed reefs up to 320 gallons. For a REEFER 425 (110 gallons) or a 150-gallon aquarium with a heavy SPS load, the RSK 600 offers ideal capacity. It is also the recommended model for the REEFER 350, REEFER 525, and REEFER Peninsula G2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the RSK 600 fit in my sump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is 26 x 24 cm (10.2 x 9.4 in) or 29 x 21 cm (11.4 x 8.3 in) depending on the chosen orientation from the 3 assembly options. Measure your skimmer chamber and choose the orientation that fits. In REEFER sumps, the RSK 600 is designed to integrate perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I adjust the RSK 600 skimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sicce PSK-1000 AC pump operates at a fixed speed. Skimming adjustment is done via the notched precision valve that controls the water level inside the reaction chamber. By raising the water level, the foam is pushed higher into the neck for wetter skimming. By lowering the level, the foam rises less for drier skimming. During break-in (first 1-2 weeks), set the valve for a lower water level to allow the skimmer to stabilize. After break-in, gradually raise the level to achieve dense and stable foam in the neck. Use the FoamView window to monitor without touching the cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I upgrade the AC pump to the DC pump later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer pump is a direct replacement for the PSK-1000 AC pump. It connects to the ReefRun Dual controller (sold separately) and offers variable flow, an automatic Self-Leveling function, and integration with the ReefBeat app for remote control.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011207221419,"sku":"RSR50506","price":849.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/RSK_Skimmer_600.png?v=1775341512"},{"product_id":"red-sea-rsk-900-reefer-skimmer","title":"Red Sea RSK 900 — REEFER Skimmer Sicce PSK-1200 Mixed Reef 500 gal - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea RSK 900 REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e protein skimmer is the most powerful model in the REEFER Skimmer range, designed for large reef aquariums up to 900 liters (240 gallons) in heavy SPS load and up to 1,800 liters (500 gallons) in mixed reef. Equipped with the Sicce PSK-1200 needlewheel pump with oversized venturi, it produces an impressive air volume of 900 L\/h and a water flow of 2,000 L\/h through a high-performance reaction chamber that maintains an ORP (REDOX) level above 350 mV — a level normally associated with ozone treatment, without ozone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVideo — Red Sea REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/OH00jZ0qgRw\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER Skimmer RSK 900 protein skimmer reef aquarium\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"Red Sea's REEFER™ Skimmers: Efficient - Quiet - Ergonomic\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea presentation of the REEFER Skimmer: high-performance flow dynamics, FoamView window, built-in neck cleaner and oversized air intake silencer.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/OH00jZ0qgRw\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2019-01-10\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/OH00jZ0qgRw\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity based on biological load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"900\" in RSK 900 refers to the capacity in liters for a heavy-load SPS aquarium. Actual capacity varies depending on your reef type:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS \/ Heavy Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 900 L (240 gal) — Acropora, Montipora, frequent feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Reef \/ Medium Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1,800 L (500 gal) — SPS, LPS, soft corals combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish Only \/ Light Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 2,700 L (740 gal) — Fish tank with few corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRSK 900 — Who is it for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 900 is the choice for reefers managing large systems: REEFER 625, REEFER 750, REEFER Peninsula 650\/700, or custom sumps of 200 gallons and more. With its Sicce PSK-1200 pump that pushes 900 liters of air and 2,000 liters of water per hour through the largest reaction chamber in the range, the RSK 900 processes a significantly larger volume of water than the RSK 600. If your aquarium exceeds 160 gallons under SPS load or 320 gallons in a mixed reef, this is the model for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRSK Range Comparison\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 300:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSK-600 Pump | Air 500 L\/h | Water 1,000 L\/h | SPS 80 gal | Mixed 160 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 600:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSK-1000 Pump | Air 750 L\/h | Water 1,500 L\/h | SPS 160 gal | Mixed 320 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 900:\u003c\/strong\u003e PSK-1200 Pump | Air 900 L\/h | Water 2,000 L\/h | SPS 240 gal | Mixed 500 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures and Functionality\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNoise Reduction — Concrete Efforts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has integrated several elements to reduce operating noise: an oversized air inlet silencer on the venturi intake, anti-vibration rubber feet, and vibration-absorbing connectors between each component. As the most powerful skimmer in the range, with the PSK-1200 pump drawing 900 L\/h of air, the RSK 900 will be noisier than the 300 and 600 models. For reefers who want to go further in silence, upgrading to the DC pump (sold separately) offers significantly smoother operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFoamView Window and Integrated Neck Cleaner\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe collection cup incorporates the FoamView window to see the foam rise in the neck without removing the cup, and an integrated neck cleaner in the lid — a rotating bar with a double-sided thick rubber squeegee that removes buildup on the neck walls with a few rotations. With the drain port and its 1-meter hose with valve, you can empty the cup into an external container without ever removing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHydrodynamic Diffusion Chamber\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diffusion plate at the bottom of the reaction chamber has numerous and prominent outlet holes that uniformly disperse the fine bubbles created by the PSK pump throughout the cone. This design does not reduce either air flow or water flow, maximizing air-water contact time for optimal extraction of organic waste and proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly and Maintenance Designed for Reefers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea uses custom short-thread nylon screws — just a few turns to screw them in, and the wide thread prevents salt particles from getting stuck. The Sicce PSK-1200 pump can be removed with a click thanks to the click-in\/out support for quick cleaning. The cup locks into the neck with a waterproof snap compression. The pump's cable routing is neatly channeled into the support without dragging in the sump water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3 Orientation Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conical body's symmetrical base can be installed in 3 different orientations to position the pump's water intake and the skimmate regulator wherever you want in your sump. Whether your sump is narrow with left, right, or front access, there is an optimal configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for the Red Sea REEFER Ecosystem\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 900 integrates perfectly into the skimmer chamber of Red Sea REEFER systems. The water level indicator on the skimmate regulator matches the exact water level inside the REEFER sump — everything is calibrated to work together. Compatible with REEFER 525, REEFER 625, REEFER 750, REEFER Peninsula 650, and REEFER Peninsula 700 (G1, G2, and G2+) models. Also works in any third-party sump with a water height of 20 to 24 cm (8 to 9 inches).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e RSK-900\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sicce PSK-1200 Needlewheel (AC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 L\/h (235 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 L\/h (530 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintained ORP:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350+ mV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 59 cm (23 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29 x 27 cm (11.4 x 10.6 in) or 32 x 24 cm (12.6 x 9.4 in) depending on orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Water Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 to 24 cm (8 to 9 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkimmate Regulator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Notched precision valve controlling water level in the reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent acrylic, saltwater resistant components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x RSK 900 skimmer body with conical reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Sicce PSK-1200 pump with click-in\/out support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Collection cup with FoamView window and integrated neck cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Oversized air inlet silencer with supply hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 1-meter drain hose with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly base with 3 orientation options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort-thread nylon screws and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDC Upgrade Available\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 900 can be upgraded with the Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer pump, which replaces the original Sicce PSK-1200 AC pump. The DC pump offers significantly smoother operation, 30W power consumption, an air flow of 900 L\/h with variable flow controlled via the ReefBeat app, and Self-Leveling functionality that automatically adjusts skimming intensity to prevent foam overflow. The ReefRun Dual controller is required (sold separately).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea retailer in Canada with technical support in French. We use REEFER skimmers on our own systems — we can guide you through break-in and valve adjustment. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-skimmer-600-dc-pump-upgrade-kit\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Skimmer DC Pump Upgrade Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — converts your RSK 900 into a Self-Leveling DC model; choose the RSK 900 DC variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-rsk-600-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRed Sea RSK 600 REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e — the intermediate model, if your system is under 320 gallons in a mixed reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e — automatic fleece roller filter for large sumps; mechanical filtration upstream reduces the organic load the skimmer has to handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 175 gal\u003c\/a\u003e — reef salt formulated for REEFER systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RSK 900 the right choice for a REEFER 750 or a 200+ gallon aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The RSK 900 is recommended by Red Sea for mixed reefs up to 500 gallons and SPS aquariums up to 240 gallons. For a REEFER 750 (200 gallons) with a heavy SPS load, the RSK 900 offers the ideal capacity. It is also the recommended model for the REEFER 625 and REEFER Peninsula 650\/700.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the RSK 900 fit in my sump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is 29 x 27 cm (11.4 x 10.6 in) or 32 x 24 cm (12.6 x 9.4 in) depending on the chosen orientation from the 3 assembly options. It is the largest skimmer in the RSK range — measure your skimmer chamber and choose the appropriate orientation. The recommended water height is 20 to 24 cm (8 to 9 inches), deeper than the RSK 300 and 600.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I adjust the RSK 900 skimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sicce PSK-1200 AC pump operates at a fixed speed. Skimming adjustment is done via the notched precision valve that controls the water level inside the reaction chamber. By raising the water level, the foam is pushed higher into the neck for wetter skimming. By lowering the level, the foam rises less for drier skimming. During break-in (first 1-2 weeks), set the valve for a lower water level to allow the skimmer to stabilize. After break-in, gradually raise the level to obtain dense, stable foam in the neck. Use the FoamView window to monitor without touching the cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I upgrade the AC pump to the DC pump later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer pump is a direct replacement for the PSK-1200 AC pump. It is the same universal DC pump for all three RSK models — it connects to the ReefRun Dual controller (sold separately) and offers variable flow, an automatic Self-Leveling function, and integration with the ReefBeat app for remote control.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011207319723,"sku":"RSR50509","price":1024.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/RSK_Skimmer_900.png?v=1775342369"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefwave-45","title":"Red Sea ReefWave 45 — Gyre Cross-Flow Wave Pump 15,000 L\/h ReefBeat for 60-200 cm Tanks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefWave 45\u003c\/strong\u003e is Red Sea's large cross-flow wave pump, built for reef aquariums from 60 to 200 cm (2 to 6 ft) — from mid-size REEFERs up to big systems. Built on the patented Maxspect cross-flow (Gyre-type) technology, it moves up to 15,000 L\/h (3,960 GPH) as a wide sheet of water that sweeps the entire tank. Its sine-wave motor drive, vibration-damping mounts and dual bearings make it, in the manufacturer's own words, an especially quiet pulsing wave pump despite its output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8e27qp61apg\" title=\"Red Sea ReefWave Silent Smart Powerful - gyre wave pump for reef aquarium\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn up the volume on Red Sea's official demo above — the sound of the pump is the whole point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCross-flow technology\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere a propeller pump throws a round cone of water, cross-flow generates a sheet of current across the full width of the aquarium that crosses the whole tank and returns underneath — exactly the motion corals benefit from, wherever they sit in the reefscape. The two impeller cages rotate 360 degrees to aim the flow, the pump mounts horizontally or vertically, and forward flow is roughly 3 times stronger than reverse. Red Sea recommends mounting at least 5 cm (2 in) below the surface, and includes snail guards for the cages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOn-board controller and the ReefBeat app\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included controller offers 5 built-in wave programs (regular flow, uniform, step, random and alternating waves), a 10-100% intensity dial, a 30-minute feed mode and a maintenance pause. Connected to Wi-Fi through ReefBeat, the pump gains a 24-hour schedule with up to 10 time slots per day, a personal wave library, the surface wave, and lost-communication notifications. Up to 3 pumps can share a common schedule in sync or anti-sync — a ReefWave 45 can even be grouped with a ReefWave 25.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Zjikq2Pw0aM\" title=\"Connecting Red Sea ReefWave to ReefBeat app - official tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrue maximum flow rate: 15,000 L\/h (3,960 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 8 to 45 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 31.5 cm L x 8 cm W x 5 cm H (12.4 x 3.2 x 2 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended aquarium size: 60 to 200 cm (2 to 6 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum glass thickness: 20 mm (3\/4 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable length: 3 m (10 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer warranty: 24 months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaintenance, per the manufacturer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends cleaning the impellers and cages monthly (a 1-hour soak in a 10% bleach solution, then a thorough rinse), and the motor and ceramic shaft every 6 months — calcium deposits come off with a 1:1 diluted vinegar solution, never stronger, for a few minutes only. Every wear part of the 45 is available separately: impeller set, impeller cage set and the complete service pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/MPmC-Xy5lqE\" title=\"How to clean the Red Sea ReefWave pump - official maintenance tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is genuinely what we run in the store. Nothing compares to cross-flow technology. Propeller pumps push a round cone: there are always flow gaps, blocked by the shape of the aquarium, with dead spots underneath. You can get there with several pumps, but it's always more violent — there's always a coral getting blasted. A ReefWave near the surface sends a current that crosses the whole tank and comes back underneath. We used to run Maxspect Gyres and switched to the ReefWaves: genuinely easier to clean and more reliable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Canada, with French and English support and in-store pickup in Laval. Shipping across Canada. Related products: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-25\"\u003eReefWave 25\u003c\/a\u003e for 45-120 cm aquariums, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45-service-pack\"\u003eReefWave 45 service pack\u003c\/a\u003e for monthly cleaning, plus the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45-impellor-set\"\u003eReefWave 45 impeller set\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45-impeller-cage-set\"\u003eimpeller cage set\u003c\/a\u003e as replacement wear parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReefWave 45 or 25 for my reef tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends the 45 for aquariums 60-200 cm (2-6 ft) and the 25 for 45-120 cm (1.5-4 ft). The manufacturer sizes its pumps by tank length, not gallons. On a 3-foot tank the 25 is generally enough; the 45 takes over on 4-foot-plus tanks or dense reefscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the ReefWave 45?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonthly: disassemble the end caps, cages and impellers, brush them under running water and, if needed, soak them 1 hour in a 10% bleach solution before rinsing well. Every 6 months, clean the motor and ceramic shaft; calcium comes off with 1:1 diluted vinegar. The red and green rubber parts are color-coded so each side goes back together correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I group several ReefWave pumps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — up to 3 pumps share a common schedule and waves through ReefBeat, in sync or anti-sync, and ReefWave 25 and 45 units can belong to the same group. Forward and reverse intensity is set individually for each pump.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011259388075,"sku":"RSR35220","price":699.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/ReefWave-45-Box-1000x1000__26981.jpg?v=1703164527"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefwave-25","title":"Red Sea ReefWave 25 — Gyre Cross-Flow Wave Pump 7,500 L\/h ReefBeat for 45-120 cm Tanks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefWave 25\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-flow wave pump built to bring true reef-style water motion to aquariums from 45 to 120 cm (1.5 to 4 ft). Developed for Red Sea around the patented Maxspect cross-flow (Gyre-type) technology, it moves up to 7,500 L\/h (1,980 GPH) as a wide sheet of water rather than a narrow jet. Its sine-wave motor drive, vibration-damping mounts and dual bearings make it, in the manufacturer's own words, an especially quiet pulsing wave pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8e27qp61apg\" title=\"Red Sea ReefWave Silent Smart Powerful - gyre wave pump for reef aquarium\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn up the volume on Red Sea's official demo above — the sound of the pump is the whole point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCross-flow technology\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere a propeller pump throws a round cone of water, cross-flow generates a sheet of current across the full width of the tank that travels the length of the aquarium and returns underneath. The two impeller cages rotate 360 degrees in the bracket to aim the flow at your reefscape, the pump mounts horizontally or vertically, and forward flow is roughly 3 times stronger than reverse. Red Sea recommends mounting at least 5 cm (2 in) below the surface to prevent air suction, and includes snail guards to keep small animals out of the cages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOn-board controller and the ReefBeat app\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included controller offers 5 built-in wave programs (regular flow, uniform, step, random and alternating waves), a 10-100% intensity dial, a 30-minute feed mode and a maintenance pause. Connected to Wi-Fi through the ReefBeat app, the pump gains a 24-hour schedule with up to 10 time slots per day, a personal wave library, the surface wave, and lost-communication notifications. Up to 3 pumps can share a common schedule in sync or anti-sync — and ReefWave 25 and 45 units can belong to the same group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Zjikq2Pw0aM\" title=\"Connecting Red Sea ReefWave to ReefBeat app - official tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrue maximum flow rate: 7,500 L\/h (1,980 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 4 to 25 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 23 cm L x 7 cm W x 4 cm H (9 x 2.8 x 1.6 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended aquarium size: 45 to 120 cm (1.5 to 4 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum glass thickness: 15 mm (5\/8 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable length: 3 m (10 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer warranty: 24 months\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaintenance, per the manufacturer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends cleaning the impellers and cages monthly (a 1-hour soak in a 10% bleach solution, then a thorough rinse), and the motor and ceramic shaft every 6 months — calcium deposits come off with a 1:1 diluted vinegar solution, never stronger, for a few minutes only. The silicone and plastic connectors are wear parts; the official service pack is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/MPmC-Xy5lqE\" title=\"How to clean the Red Sea ReefWave pump - official maintenance tutorial\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is genuinely what we run in the store. Nothing compares to cross-flow technology. Propeller pumps push a round cone: there are always flow gaps, blocked by the shape of the aquarium, with dead spots underneath. You can get there with several pumps, but it's always more violent — there's always a coral getting blasted. A ReefWave near the surface sends a current that crosses the whole tank and comes back underneath. We used to run Maxspect Gyres and switched to the ReefWaves: genuinely easier to clean and more reliable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Canada, with French and English support and in-store pickup in Laval. Shipping across Canada. Related products: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45\"\u003eReefWave 45\u003c\/a\u003e for 60-200 cm aquariums, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-25-service-pack\"\u003eReefWave 25 service pack\u003c\/a\u003e for monthly cleaning, and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reef-energy-plus-500ml\"\u003eReef Energy Plus AB+\u003c\/a\u003e to dose during feed mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReefWave 25 or 45 for my reef tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends the 25 for aquariums 45-120 cm (1.5-4 ft) and the 45 for 60-200 cm (2-6 ft). The manufacturer sizes its pumps by tank length, not gallons — go by the length of your aquarium and the density of your reefscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the ReefWave 25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonthly: disassemble the end caps, cages and impellers, brush them under running water and, if needed, soak them 1 hour in a 10% bleach solution before rinsing well. Every 6 months, clean the motor and ceramic shaft too; calcium comes off with 1:1 diluted vinegar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I group several ReefWave pumps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — up to 3 pumps share a common schedule and waves through ReefBeat, in sync or anti-sync, and ReefWave 25 and 45 units can belong to the same group. Forward and reverse intensity is set individually for each pump.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38011259584683,"sku":"RSR35210","price":599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/ReefWave-25-and-Box-1000x1000__00567.jpg?v=1703166439"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-doseurs-4-pompes","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 4 — Smart 4-Head ReefBeat Dosing Pump for Reef Aquariums","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/strong\u003e is a four-head automatic dosing pump built specifically for the daily supplementation of reef aquariums. Every head runs on a direct-drive planetary gear-motor that delivers ±0.05 ml accuracy — down to a single drop — and the whole unit is managed through the ReefBeat app alongside the rest of Red Sea's smart devices. The ReefDose is a patented device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/jMPD_702sAQ\" title=\"Red Sea ReefDose smart dosing pump - official Red Sea video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSingle-drop accuracy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach head handles a daily dose from 0.2 to 1000 ml, adjustable in 0.1 ml increments. Three flow rates are available: Whisper at 15 ml\/min for near-silent operation, Regular at 30 ml\/min, and Turbo at 45 ml\/min when you want the dosing done quickly. Red Sea rates the motors for a 10-year life expectancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReefBeat does the scheduling for you\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 automatic dosing programs\u003c\/strong\u003e: single daily dose, 24 hourly doses, a timer schedule (up to 24 individually set doses per day, per head) or a fully customized schedule — each can run every day or on selected days only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDynamic Dosing Queue\u003c\/strong\u003e: the controller merges every head's plan into one coordinated daily schedule, with an automatic delay between heads to prevent chemical interaction between supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMissed-dose compensation\u003c\/strong\u003e: power outage, maintenance or feeding — skipped doses are rescheduled automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplement volume monitor\u003c\/strong\u003e: the app tracks what's left in each container and notifies you when it's time to refill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDose log\u003c\/strong\u003e: a detailed hour-by-hour record of dosed volumes over the last 30 days, exportable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-Part dosing calculator\u003c\/strong\u003e: it works out the adjustment dose and the optimal daily dose from your tank's actual calcium uptake, then applies its recommendations straight to the ReefDose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood head\u003c\/strong\u003e: assign a head to liquid food and Feed Mode triggers automatically in ReefBeat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn-demand manual dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e at any time, plus notifications for missed doses or an incorrectly assembled head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe ReefDose 4 with the 4-Part Complete Reef Care program\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea designed the ReefDose 4 hand in hand with its 4-Part supplement program: you test calcium, and the calculator sets the doses for the other elements. Here's the official walkthrough:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/jNmLqIYWJOg\" title=\"ReefDose 4 with the 4-Part Complete Reef Care program - official Red Sea video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTool-free installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dosing heads click on and off without tools or alignment. A wall-mounting bracket is included, and the secured connectors take flexible tubing of 5 mm outer diameter (3 mm inner). The unit measures 22.5 x 10.5 x 8.5 cm (8.9\" x 4.1\" x 3.4\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn store, we generally point people to the ReefDose 4: you start with more room to grow. Most reefers end up dosing at least three products, and quite often four. We run ReefDose pumps just about everywhere in the shop ourselves. Their biggest strength: once connected, they're so easy to program a five-year-old could do it. And with the Red Sea programs, you only test calcium — the app takes care of adjusting the doses on all the other heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial how-to video series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's official channel covers the full setup, step by step:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConnecting ReefDose to ReefBeat\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/oLYeYtcowl4\" title=\"Connecting ReefDose to ReefBeat - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to setup a ReefDose head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Cx6Nl8SKlxI\" title=\"How to setup a ReefDose dosing head - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to set the ReefDose main features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FL4UqgtUQ8Y\" title=\"How to set the ReefDose main features - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to set an automated dosing schedule\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/oPIb8SKs5hk\" title=\"How to set a ReefDose automated schedule - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSimplify your dosing with the Dose Calculator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/O1xN9L6Yos4\" title=\"ReefDose Dose Calculator - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to setup the 4-Part Program\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ExMSIqCTZYc\" title=\"How to setup the 4-Part Program on ReefDose - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a smaller system, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 2\u003c\/a\u003e offers the same accuracy with two heads. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefdose-deluxe-4-color-tube-kit-red-yellow-red-sea\"\u003eDeluxe 4-color tube kit (Red\/Yellow)\u003c\/a\u003e includes everything needed to hook up all four heads. On the supplement side, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reef-energy-plus-500ml\"\u003eReef Energy Plus AB+\u003c\/a\u003e pairs perfectly with the Food head, and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-foundation-a-ca-sr-1l-33-8-fl-oz\"\u003eFoundation A (Ca\/Sr)\u003c\/a\u003e plugs into the 4-Part program with the dosing calculator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReefDose 2 or ReefDose 4 — which one should I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth share the same ±0.05 ml accuracy and the same ReefBeat programming. The difference is the head count (2 vs 4) and the width (13 cm vs 22.5 cm). If you expect to dose three or four products — the most common scenario in reefkeeping — the ReefDose 4 saves you from buying a second unit later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ReefDose need Wi-Fi to work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea's official manual provides an \"Offline\" mode when no Wi-Fi network is available at the aquarium; you can switch back online whenever a network becomes available. Wi-Fi is still required for remote notifications and full ReefBeat functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many doses per day can the ReefDose 4 deliver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach head takes a total daily dose of 0.2 to 1000 ml, and the timer schedule allows up to 24 individually set doses per day, per head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39885330710699,"sku":"RSR35320","price":774.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4-installation.jpg?v=1738799928"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-2","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 2 — Smart 2-Head ReefBeat Dosing Pump for Reef Aquariums","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 2\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-head automatic dosing pump built specifically for the daily supplementation of reef aquariums. Each head runs on a direct-drive planetary gear-motor accurate to ±0.05 ml — down to a single drop — and everything is programmed through the ReefBeat app, like the rest of Red Sea's smart devices. The ReefDose is a patented device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/jMPD_702sAQ\" title=\"Red Sea ReefDose smart dosing pump - official Red Sea video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReefDose 4 accuracy in a compact footprint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach head handles a daily dose from 0.2 to 1000 ml in 0.1 ml increments, with three flow rates: Whisper at 15 ml\/min for near-silent operation, Regular at 30 ml\/min and Turbo at 45 ml\/min. The unit measures just 13 x 10.5 x 8.5 cm (5.1\" x 4.1\" x 3.4\") and Red Sea rates the motors for a 10-year life expectancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReefBeat does the scheduling for you\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 automatic dosing programs\u003c\/strong\u003e: single daily dose, 24 hourly doses, a timer schedule (up to 24 individually set doses per day, per head) or a customized schedule — every day or selected days only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDynamic Dosing Queue\u003c\/strong\u003e: both heads' plans merge into one coordinated schedule, with an automatic delay between heads to prevent chemical interaction between supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMissed-dose compensation\u003c\/strong\u003e after a power outage, maintenance or feeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplement volume monitor\u003c\/strong\u003e with refill notifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDose log\u003c\/strong\u003e, hour by hour over 30 days, exportable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-Part dosing calculator\u003c\/strong\u003e that applies its recommendations straight to the doser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood head\u003c\/strong\u003e for liquid food, triggering Feed Mode automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn-demand manual dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e at any time, plus missed-dose notifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTool-free installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heads click on and off without tools. A wall-mounting bracket is included and the secured connectors take flexible tubing of 5 mm outer diameter (3 mm inner).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore settling on the ReefDose 2, think about how many products you'll be dosing a year from now: most reefers end up with three or four supplements, which is why in store we generally recommend the ReefDose 4. The 2 is still the exact same device, with the same accuracy and the same easy ReefBeat programming — we run ReefDose pumps just about everywhere in the shop ourselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial how-to video series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's official channel walks through the whole setup:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConnecting ReefDose to ReefBeat\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/oLYeYtcowl4\" title=\"Connecting ReefDose to ReefBeat - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to setup a ReefDose head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Cx6Nl8SKlxI\" title=\"How to setup a ReefDose dosing head - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to set the ReefDose main features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FL4UqgtUQ8Y\" title=\"How to set the ReefDose main features - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to set an automated dosing schedule\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/oPIb8SKs5hk\" title=\"How to set a ReefDose automated schedule - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSimplify your dosing with the Dose Calculator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/O1xN9L6Yos4\" title=\"ReefDose Dose Calculator - official Red Sea how-to\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you expect to dose more than two products, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-doseurs-4-pompes\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefdose-deluxe-4-color-tube-kit-blue-green-red-sea\"\u003eDeluxe 4-color tube kit (Blue\/Green)\u003c\/a\u003e supplies tubing, holder and tips for the hookup. For daily dosing, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reef-energy-plus-500ml\"\u003eReef Energy Plus AB+\u003c\/a\u003e works nicely on the Food head, and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-nopox\"\u003eNO3:PO4-X\u003c\/a\u003e benefits from steady automated dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReefDose 2 or ReefDose 4 — which one should I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame accuracy, same app: the difference is the head count and the width (13 cm vs 22.5 cm). The 2 fits when you dose one or two products consistently; as soon as you're aiming at the 4-Part program or several supplements, the 4 saves you a second purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ReefDose 2 need Wi-Fi?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea's official manual provides an \"Offline\" mode when no network is available at the aquarium; Wi-Fi is still required for remote notifications and full ReefBeat functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich tubing works with the ReefDose 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies flexible tubing of 5 mm outer diameter and 3 mm inner diameter on the secured connectors. The ReefDose tube kits — with distinct colors to identify each supplement — are made exactly for this format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39885474758827,"sku":"RSR35310","price":499.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2-installation.jpg?v=1738799184"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-filter-sock-225-micron","title":"Red Sea Max-Nano Filter Socks 225 Micron — 2 Pack Thin-Mesh Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Max-Nano 225 micron filter socks\u003c\/strong\u003e are the direct replacements for the sock supplied with \u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO\u003c\/strong\u003e all-in-one aquariums. Red Sea describes this sock as \u003cstrong\u003ebespoke\u003c\/strong\u003e — made to measure for the rear filtration chamber of these systems: fine 225 micron thin-mesh, washable and reusable. Each box contains \u003cstrong\u003e2 socks\u003c\/strong\u003e, so a clean one is always ready while the other dries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⚠ For MAX NANO tanks only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you own a \u003cstrong\u003eREEFER\u003c\/strong\u003e aquarium, do not buy this model: it will not fit the standard 4 in ring of REEFER systems. For those, pick the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-225-micron-mesh-filter-bag\"\u003e225 micron thin-mesh 4 in filter sock\u003c\/a\u003e instead. Red Sea does not publish exact dimensions for the Max-Nano sock — it is the custom sock shipped with these tanks. If you see dimensions elsewhere, they do not come from the manufacturer. Unsure about compatibility? Write to us with your exact tank model and we will confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRating: 225 micron — thin-mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: Red Sea MAX NANO aquariums (direct replacement for the original sock)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContents: 2 filter socks per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWashable and reusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a MAX NANO you do not get to pick the micron rating — this is the tank's bespoke sock. The principle stays the same as on bigger systems: the finer the mesh, the more it filters, but the faster it clogs. Clean it often rather than waiting for it to overflow, and always keep the second one dry so you can rotate. — Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy at ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Laval, QC, with fast shipping across Canada. We also stock the rest of your rear chamber: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-media-bag-5-5-x-10-2-pack\"\u003eMedia Bag 2-pack\u003c\/a\u003e holds carbon and resins, and if you are shopping for the tank itself, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-max-nano-xl-g2-black\"\u003eMAX NANO XL G2\u003c\/a\u003e is listed with all its variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these socks fit a REEFER?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This sock is made to measure for the MAX NANO filtration chamber and does not fit the 4 in ring of REEFER systems. For a REEFER or any standard 4 in holder, choose the regular 225 micron thin-mesh sock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many socks come in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo. That is Red Sea's official pack: one sock in service, one spare — clean one while the other filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know my tank takes this model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis sock is the direct replacement for the one supplied with MAX NANO all-in-one aquariums. If your original sock has no rigid 4 in ring, you are in the right place; when in doubt, write to us with your exact tank model.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40181097726123,"sku":"RSR40580","price":24.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/Max-Nano-225-Micron-1000x1000__59914.jpg?v=1703164411"},{"product_id":"reefdose-deluxe-4-color-tube-kit-blue-green-red-sea","title":"ReefDose Deluxe 4-Color Tube Kit Blue\/Green — Complete Dosing Hookup Set - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's \u003cstrong\u003eDeluxe 4-Color Tube Kit (Blue\/Green)\u003c\/strong\u003e bundles everything needed to hook up a ReefDose doser in a single set. Every supplement gets its own distinctly colored tube, identifiable from the container all the way to the dosing tip — no more mixed-up lines inside the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-resistant TPE colored tubing — 12 m total (4 colors, 3 m each), in the official ReefDose format of 5 mm outer diameter and 3 mm inner diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube holder with 4 quick-connect tips that mounts on the rim of the tank or sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap-open tube organizer (3 units) to keep the lines tidy inside the stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo versions, eight colors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes in a Blue\/Green version and a Red\/Yellow version: each has its own 4 colors, for a total of 8 unique colors when you combine both — enough to identify the full supplement lineup of a ReefDose 4, or even two dosers side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit suits the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-doseurs-4-pompes\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e as well as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2\"\u003eReefDose 2\u003c\/a\u003e. For four more colors, add the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefdose-deluxe-4-color-tube-kit-red-yellow-red-sea\"\u003eDeluxe Red\/Yellow kit\u003c\/a\u003e; for a tubing-only refill without accessories, there's the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefdose-tubes-4x3m-bleu-vert\"\u003eReefDose 4 x 3 m Blue\/Green tube set\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the Deluxe kit and the plain tube set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Deluxe kit adds the holder with its 4 quick-connect tips and the 3 organizer clips. The plain tube set contains only the four 3 m tubes — it's the refill, not the starter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this tubing work with dosers from other brands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes the tubing format (5 mm outer, 3 mm inner) but does not publish any compatibility with other brands' dosers. If you see a compatibility claim elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer. Write to us with your doser model and its connector diameter and we'll give you a straight answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40229827444907,"sku":"RSR35343","price":64.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/reefdose-4-color-tube-kit-installation.jpg?v=1738866248"},{"product_id":"reefdose-deluxe-4-color-tube-kit-red-yellow-red-sea","title":"ReefDose Deluxe 4-Color Tube Kit Red\/Yellow — Complete Dosing Hookup Set - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's \u003cstrong\u003eDeluxe 4-Color Tube Kit (Red\/Yellow)\u003c\/strong\u003e bundles everything needed to hook up a ReefDose doser in a single set. Every supplement gets its own distinctly colored tube, identifiable from the container all the way to the dosing tip — no more guessing which line is which inside the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-resistant TPE colored tubing — 12 m total (4 colors, 3 m each), in the official ReefDose format of 5 mm outer diameter and 3 mm inner diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube holder with 4 quick-connect tips that mounts on the rim of the tank or sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap-open tube organizer (3 units) to keep the lines tidy inside the stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo versions, eight colors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes in a Red\/Yellow version and a Blue\/Green version: each has its own 4 colors, for a total of 8 unique colors when you combine both — enough to identify the full supplement lineup of a ReefDose 4, or even two dosers side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit suits the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-doseurs-4-pompes\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e as well as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2\"\u003eReefDose 2\u003c\/a\u003e. For four more colors, add the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefdose-deluxe-4-color-tube-kit-blue-green-red-sea\"\u003eDeluxe Blue\/Green kit\u003c\/a\u003e; to replace only the tips, there's the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefdose-ensemble-dembouts-de-tube-4-embouts-red-sea\"\u003e4-pack tube tip set\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the tube holder included in the Deluxe kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Unlike plain tube sets, the Deluxe kit includes the holder with its 4 quick-connect tips plus the 3 organizer clips — that's what sets it apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this tubing work with dosers from other brands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes the tubing format (5 mm outer, 3 mm inner) but does not publish any compatibility with other brands' dosers. If you see a compatibility claim elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer. Write to us with your doser model and its connector diameter and we'll give you a straight answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40229840617643,"sku":"RSR35356","price":64.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/reefdose-deluxe-tube-kit-red-yellow-installation.jpg?v=1738866585"},{"product_id":"reefdose-tube-holder-with-4-tips-red-sea","title":"ReefDose 4 Tube Holder with 4 Tips — Dosing Tube Holder for Reef Aquariums - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eReefDose 4 Tube Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e neatly and securely attaches up to four dosing tubes to the rim of the sump or aquarium. The 4 included push-in tips finish each line above the water: the tubes stay put and every dose lands exactly where it should.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 ReefDose tube holder (holds up to 4 tubes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 quick-connect tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea part number: R35353. Made for tubing in the official ReefDose format of 5 mm outer diameter (3 mm inner).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis holder rounds out the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2\"\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 2\u003c\/a\u003e as well as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-doseurs-4-pompes\"\u003eReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e. To replace worn tips, there's the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefdose-ensemble-dembouts-de-tube-4-embouts-red-sea\"\u003e4-pack tube tip set\u003c\/a\u003e, and to keep the lines pinned inside the stand, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefdose-tube-organizer-clip-3-unites\"\u003etube organizer clips (3 units)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this holder already included in a kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the holder with its 4 tips is part of Red Sea's Deluxe 4-color kits. This listing is the part sold on its own, handy for a second dosing point or to replace an existing holder without re-buying the tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work with the ReefDose 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holder takes up to four tubes in the official ReefDose format, so it handles the two lines of a ReefDose 2 just as well as the four of a ReefDose 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40229947506859,"sku":"RSR35353","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/reefdose-4-tube-holder-installation.jpg?v=1738868076"},{"product_id":"red-sea-slide-out-control-panel-25","title":"Slide-out Control Panel 25 — Pull-Out Equipment Shelf for Aquarium Cabinets - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Slide-out Control Panel 25\u003c\/strong\u003e is a shelf that mounts inside your aquarium cabinet and \u003cstrong\u003eslides out\u003c\/strong\u003e with your equipment on it. Doser, controller, power supply: instead of lying on the floor to reach the back of the cabinet, you pull the shelf toward you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e25 x 45 x 2 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e (9.8 x 17.7 x 0.8\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum cabinet internal depth: \u003cstrong\u003e46 cm (18.1\")\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine-spec black laminated plywood panel, 2 cm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-release stainless steel soft-close sliders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts on the left \u003cstrong\u003eor\u003c\/strong\u003e right side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting brackets leave 3 cm (1.2\") clearance for door hinges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to know whether it fits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes one criterion that settles everything: \u003cstrong\u003eyour cabinet's internal depth must be at least 46 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Grab a tape measure, open the door, measure front to back. That's more reliable than a model list, because it also works on a cabinet that isn't a REEFER.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have 51 cm of depth or more, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-slide-out-control-panel-60\"\u003eControl Panel 60\u003c\/a\u003e instead: far more surface, and it's the only one of the two that takes the utility basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck what you already have, too.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea includes a slide-out panel as original equipment in several of its systems, notably the REEFER S range and much of the REEFER MAX G2+ line. No point buying a second one if yours is already fitted — write to us with your tank's exact name and we'll check before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat goes on it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the compact format: a doser, a controller, a power supply. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-2\"\u003eReefDose 2\u003c\/a\u003e sits comfortably on it. For a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-doseurs-4-pompes\"\u003eReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e plus its bottles, the Control Panel 60 with its basket is the roomier answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're reorganizing the cabinet, it's a good moment to check the sump plumbing: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-pipe-connector-o-ring-set\"\u003eR42187 O-ring set\u003c\/a\u003e restores the original seal on the fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl Panel 25 or 60?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour cabinet depth decides: \u003cstrong\u003e46 cm minimum for the 25\u003c\/strong\u003e, 51 cm minimum for the 60. The 25 measures 25 x 45 cm, the 60 measures 60 x 50 cm. Only the 60 takes the utility basket for supplement bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it mount on either side of the cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Red Sea designed the panel to be fitted left or right, your choice. The brackets leave 3 cm of clearance so the door and its hinges work normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it hold up to the humidity of an aquarium cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel is marine-spec laminated plywood and the sliders are stainless steel — those are the materials Red Sea specifies for this exact use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can it carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes no maximum load for this panel. If you see a figure elsewhere, it does not come from the manufacturer. Write to us describing what you plan to mount on it and we'll check with Red Sea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41320324333739,"sku":"RSR42434","price":239.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-control-panel-25-closeup.png?v=1738793999"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500","title":"Red Sea ReefMat 500 — Automatic ReefBeat Fleece Roller Filter for Reef Aquariums up to 130 gal","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 500\u003c\/strong\u003e is a smart automatic fleece roller filter for reef aquariums up to 500 liters (130 US gal). It replaces filter socks with fleece that advances on its own as it loads up, monitored remotely through Red Sea's ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMechanical filtration that stays clean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts 50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece — high-flow and skimmer friendly — traps debris and suspended particles. Roll changes happen without pulling the filter out of the sump or shutting off the pumps. Solid-state internal and external level sensors, no moving parts. Suitable for seawater aquariums only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSmart control through ReefBeat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWi-Fi connected to the ReefBeat ecosystem, the ReefMat 500 notifies you if the fleece gets torn, stuck or runs out — and when an error occurs, the motor stops feeding fleece until it's resolved. The End of Roll Monitor uses your average daily usage to tell you how many days remain; the performance log records hourly and daily dispensing; the advance length is customizable; and roll history keeps stats on every roll you've used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended for systems up to 500 L (130 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum flow capacity: 6000 LPH (1580 US GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleece roll: 28 m (92 ft) long × 11.3 cm (4.4 in) wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit dimensions: 21 × 27 × 42 cm (8.3 × 10.6 × 16.7 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKink-resistant corrugated inlet hose (32 mm \/ 1.25 in ID) with universal metric\/USA PVC connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated media basket for supplemental chemical filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHangs on the front wall of the sump, or freestanding with the optional legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive unit and inlet hose can be positioned on either side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeawater aquariums only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility with Red Sea systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer the manufacturer's official chart, the ReefMat 500 is plug \u0026amp; play in REEFER G3, G2+ and G2 systems from 170 to 750, the S-550 and S-700, and the matching Peninsula models from 350 to S-700. On first-generation REEFER (V1\/V3) systems, the manufacturer recommends removing the sock holders — the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-sump-modification-kit\"\u003eReefMat Sump Modification Kit\u003c\/a\u003e is made exactly for that job. To adapt the ReefMat 500 to specific plumbing, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-hose-connector-kit\"\u003eReefMat 500 Hose Connector Kit\u003c\/a\u003e is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefMat line is a genuine game changer. Red Sea didn't invent the roller filter — they improved it that much. What a roller gives you, and what a filter sock never will, is mechanical filtration that is \u003cstrong\u003ealways clean\u003c\/strong\u003e: a dirty sock turns into a biological filter and feeds the nitrogen cycle, while the ReefMat pulls waste out before it breaks down — your system's bioload goes down. Roll changes are dead easy, and ReefBeat warns you when the roll is nearly done. There's real protection built in too: if your sump level rises — say your return pump stops — the unit goes into standby instead of unspooling the whole roll. We run this gear at home ourselves (a NanoMat and a ReefMat 1200), and we stand behind it — we love it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoll life: what Red Sea publishes (and what it doesn't)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a fixed lifespan for a roll: it depends on your tank's bioload. If you see a number of weeks quoted elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer — ReefBeat gives you your real consumption and warns you ahead of time. Keep a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-replacement-roll-28m\"\u003e28 m ReefMat 500 replacement roll\u003c\/a\u003e on hand from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/B0QVjsOy_VE\" title=\"Red Sea ReefMat 500 automatic fleece roller filter - overview\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ReefMat 500 fit my Reefer without modification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn REEFER G3, G2+ and G2 systems from 170 to 750, the S-550\/S-700 and the matching Peninsulas: yes, plug \u0026amp; play per Red Sea's official chart. On a V1\/V3 Reefer, the manufacturer recommends removing the sock holders with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-sump-modification-kit\"\u003esump modification kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a ReefMat 500 roll last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes no fixed duration: it depends on your bioload, feeding and stocking. The ReefBeat app tracks your real consumption and shows the days remaining before the roll runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReefMat 500 or ReefMat 1200 — which one should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 covers systems up to 130 US gal with a 1580 GPH maximum flow; the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e goes up to 315 US gal and 2380 GPH with a 6.7 in fleece. Check the compatibility chart for your Reefer model too — on several sizes, both fit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42136758255787,"sku":"RSR35410","price":679.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-reefmat-500-closeup.jpg?v=1739045116"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200","title":"Red Sea ReefMat 1200 — Automatic ReefBeat Fleece Roller Filter for Large Reef Aquariums up to 315 gal","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 1200\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest automatic fleece roller filter in the line, built for big reef aquariums up to 1200 liters (315 US gal). The fleece advances on its own as it loads up, and everything is monitored remotely through Red Sea's ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMechanical filtration that stays clean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts 50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece, a full 17 cm wide — high-flow and skimmer friendly — traps debris and suspended particles even on heavily stocked systems. Roll changes happen without pulling the filter out of the sump or shutting off the pumps. Solid-state internal and external level sensors, no moving parts. Suitable for seawater aquariums only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSmart control through ReefBeat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWi-Fi connected to the ReefBeat ecosystem, the ReefMat 1200 notifies you if the fleece gets torn, stuck or runs out — and when an error occurs, the motor stops feeding fleece until it's resolved. The End of Roll Monitor uses your average daily usage to tell you how many days remain; the performance log records hourly and daily dispensing; the advance length is customizable; and roll history keeps stats on every roll you've used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended for systems up to 1200 L (315 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum flow capacity: 9000 LPH (2380 US GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleece roll: 35 m (115 ft) long × 17 cm (6.7 in) wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit dimensions: 27 × 30 × 48 cm (10.6 × 11.8 × 18.9 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKink-resistant corrugated inlet hose (32 mm \/ 1.25 in ID) with universal metric\/USA PVC connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated media basket for supplemental chemical filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHangs on the front wall of the sump, or freestanding with the optional legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive unit and inlet hose can be positioned on either side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeawater aquariums only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility with Red Sea systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer the manufacturer's official chart, the ReefMat 1200 is plug \u0026amp; play in REEFER G3, G2+ and G2 systems from 425 to 900, the S models up to S-1000, and the Peninsula 500 to S-950. On first-generation REEFER systems (3XL 900, S-850, S-1000 and the large V1\/V3 formats), the sock holders must be removed — the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-sump-modification-kit\"\u003eReefMat Sump Modification Kit\u003c\/a\u003e includes the blades and scraper made exactly for that job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefMat line is a genuine game changer. Red Sea didn't invent the roller filter — they improved it that much. What a roller gives you, and what a filter sock never will, is mechanical filtration that is \u003cstrong\u003ealways clean\u003c\/strong\u003e: a dirty sock turns into a biological filter and feeds the nitrogen cycle, while the ReefMat pulls waste out before it breaks down — your system's bioload goes down. Roll changes are dead easy, and ReefBeat warns you when the roll is nearly done. There's real protection built in too: if your sump level rises — say your return pump stops — the unit goes into standby instead of unspooling the whole roll. We run a ReefMat 1200 at home ourselves (plus a NanoMat on the small tank), and we stand behind it — we love it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoll life: what Red Sea publishes (and what it doesn't)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a fixed lifespan for a roll: it depends on your tank's bioload. If you see a number of weeks quoted elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer — ReefBeat gives you your real consumption and warns you ahead of time. Keep a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-1200-replacement-roll-35m\"\u003e35 m ReefMat 1200 replacement roll\u003c\/a\u003e on hand from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/B0QVjsOy_VE\" title=\"Red Sea ReefMat automatic fleece roller filter - line overview\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/QZSVPj2-jmg\" title=\"ReefMat 1200 installation and operation - official Red Sea video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ReefMat 1200 fit my Reefer without modification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn REEFER G3, G2+ and G2 systems from 425 to 900, the S models up to S-1000 and the matching Peninsulas: yes, plug \u0026amp; play per Red Sea's official chart. On a first-generation Reefer, remove the sock holders first with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-sump-modification-kit\"\u003esump modification kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a ReefMat 1200 roll last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes no fixed duration: it depends on your bioload, feeding and stocking. The ReefBeat app tracks your real consumption and shows the days remaining before the roll runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReefMat 500 or ReefMat 1200 — which one should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1200 covers systems up to 315 US gal with a 2380 GPH maximum flow and a 6.7 in fleece; the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e tops out at 130 US gal and 1580 GPH. On several Reefer sizes both fit — check the compatibility chart for your model.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42136773984427,"sku":"RSR35420","price":779.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-reefmat-1200-closeup.jpg?v=1739047283"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-1200-replacement-roll-35m","title":"Red Sea ReefMat 1200 — 115 ft Replacement Fleece Roll for Automatic Roller Filter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea replacement fleece roll for the ReefMat 1200\u003c\/strong\u003e is the official refill for the largest roller filter in the line: 35 m (115 ft) of 50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece — high-flow and skimmer friendly — the exact same fleece that ships with the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 35 m (115 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 17 cm (6.7 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece, high-flow, skimmer friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll changes happen without removing the filter from the sump or shutting off the pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does a ReefMat 1200 roll last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes no fixed lifespan: consumption depends on your tank's bioload, feeding and stocking. If you see a number of weeks quoted elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer. The ReefBeat app tracks your real consumption, shows the days remaining and warns you before the roll runs out — keep a spare on hand so you're never caught short.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this roll fit the other ReefMat models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — every model takes a roll cut to its exact width. This one is 17 cm wide for the ReefMat 1200; the 500 roll is 11.3 cm and the 250 roll is 8 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know when to change the roll on my ReefMat 1200?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefBeat tells you: the End of Roll Monitor calculates the days remaining from your average usage, and the filter notifies you if the fleece runs out, tears or jams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eI'm installing a ReefMat 1200 in an older Reefer — what else do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn first-generation REEFER systems, the sock holders must come out before installation — the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-sump-modification-kit\"\u003eReefMat Sump Modification Kit\u003c\/a\u003e includes the blades and scraper made exactly for that job.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42163547472043,"sku":"RSR35442","price":56.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-reefmat-1200-roll.jpg?v=1739049603"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-500-replacement-roll-28m","title":"Red Sea ReefMat 500 — 92 ft Replacement Fleece Roll for Automatic Roller Filter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea replacement fleece roll for the ReefMat 500\u003c\/strong\u003e is the official refill for your automatic roller filter: 28 m (92 ft) of 50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece — high-flow and skimmer friendly — the exact same fleece that ships with the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 28 m (92 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 11.3 cm (4.4 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece, high-flow, skimmer friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll changes happen without removing the filter from the sump or shutting off the pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does a roll last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes no fixed lifespan: consumption depends on your tank's bioload, feeding and stocking. If you see a number of weeks quoted elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer. The ReefBeat app tracks your real consumption, shows the days remaining and warns you before the roll runs out — keep a spare on hand so you're never caught short.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this roll fit the other ReefMat models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — every model takes a roll cut to its exact width. This one is 11.3 cm wide for the ReefMat 500; the 250 roll is 8 cm and the 1200 roll is 17 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know when to change the roll on my ReefMat 500?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefBeat tells you: the End of Roll Monitor calculates the days remaining from your average usage, and the filter notifies you if the fleece runs out, tears or jams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need tools to change the roll?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea designed the system so the roll swaps out without pulling the ReefMat from the sump and without shutting off the pumps. To adapt your ReefMat 500 to specific plumbing, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-hose-connector-kit\"\u003eHose Connector Kit\u003c\/a\u003e is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42163564118187,"sku":"RSR35441","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-reefmat-500-roll.jpg?v=1739049227"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-sump-modification-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefMat — Sump Modification Kit with Silicone Blades and Scraper for Reefer Sumps","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Sump Modification Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is the official tool kit built to get a REEFER sump ready for a ReefMat roller filter: removing internal sump components, cutting silicone and taking out glass panels cleanly, with blades designed for exactly this job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy special blades?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sock holders in first-generation REEFER sumps are sealed with a thin layer of silicone. A regular utility blade is too thick to get into those tight joints: Red Sea supplies ultra-thin, flexible blades that slip right in, plus a scraper to remove excess silicone for a clean finish. Every part in the kit is suitable for use in saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial kit contents (part R35475)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 utility blade handle with a regular snap blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 spare 0.1 mm silicone blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 spare 0.15 mm silicone blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 small silicone scraper cleaning tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea recommends wearing gloves and safety glasses while working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do you need it?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer the official compatibility chart, REEFER G3, G2+ and G2 systems take the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e plug \u0026amp; play. It's on first-generation REEFER systems (V1\/V3) that the sock holders must come out of the sump — and that's exactly the job this kit exists for. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250\"\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/a\u003e benefits from the same tools on models that need modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need the Sump Modification Kit to install my ReefMat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot if your Reefer is a plug \u0026amp; play compatible G3, G2+ or G2. The kit becomes necessary on first-generation REEFER systems, where the silicone-sealed sock holders must be removed before the filter goes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the 0.1 mm and 0.15 mm blades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are two thicknesses of flexible silicone blades, supplied in pairs: Red Sea includes both to suit the joints in your sump. The manufacturer publishes no more detailed usage rule — start with the thinner blade in the tightest joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I do the modification without draining my sump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea designed the kit to work directly in the sump. Wear gloves and safety glasses, clear silicone scraps as you go, and dry-fit the ReefMat before bringing the system back online.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42370040103083,"sku":"RSR35475","price":26.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/products\/sump-modification-tool_toronto_canada_800x_jpg.webp?v=1670686082"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-pipe-connector-o-ring-set","title":"Red Sea Reefer Pipe Connector O-Ring Set — Genuine Sump Plumbing Seals R42187","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea R42187 O-ring set\u003c\/strong\u003e is the genuine replacement seal kit for the sump pipe connectors of REEFER aquariums. These O-rings keep the fittings between the overflow plumbing and the sump watertight — replacing them restores the original seal during maintenance or a tank move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea part number: R42187. Red Sea does not publish the exact number of O-rings included in the set — if you see a count elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer. Write to us with your REEFER model and we'll check for you before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits: REEFER 170, REEFER 170A, REEFER Peninsula 650, REEFER XL 200, REEFER Peninsula 650 A, REEFER Peninsula 500, REEFER 3XL 900, REEFER XXL 750, REEFER XXL 750-2, REEFER 250, REEFER XXL 750 V3, REEFER XL 300, REEFER XXL 625, REEFER XXL 625 A, REEFER XL 525, REEFER XL 525 V3, REEFER 350 V3, REEFER XL 525 V3A, REEFER 450, REEFER XL 425, REEFER XL 425 V3, REEFER XL 425 V3A, REEFER 170 G2, REEFER 350, REEFER 350 V3A, REEFER 250 V3, REEFER 200 G2, REEFER 250 V3A, REEFER 300 G2, REEFER 250 G2, REEFER 350 G2, REEFER 425 G2, REEFER 525 G2, REEFER 625 G2, REEFER 750 G2 and REEFER NANO.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile you're servicing the cabinet, have a look at the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-cabinet-hinge-set-of-2\"\u003eREEFER cabinet hinge set\u003c\/a\u003e if the doors are getting tired, and at the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/r42496-support-avant-reefer-xxl-625-750-retrofit-red-sea\"\u003eR42496 retrofit front support\u003c\/a\u003e for first-generation REEFER XXL 625 and 750 systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should REEFER O-rings be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a replacement interval. A good habit: inspect the O-rings whenever the sump plumbing is taken apart, and write to us if a fitting weeps despite being properly tightened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this set fit every REEFER?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compatibility list above covers the classic REEFER, XL, XXL, 3XL, Peninsula, Nano and G2 generations. Check your exact model in the list before ordering — or write to us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42389671444651,"sku":"RSR42187","price":19.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/o_rings.webp?v=1703169032"},{"product_id":"red-sea-utility-basket-kit-for-slide-out-control-panel-60","title":"Red Sea Utility Basket Kit — Storage Basket for Slide-Out Control Panel 60","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea utility basket\u003c\/strong\u003e is the optional accessory for the Slide-out Control Panel 60: it adds storage space right on the panel, keeping aquarium accessories and supplement containers within reach inside the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to Red Sea, the basket holds \u003cstrong\u003e7 of Red Sea's 500 ml supplement bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e5 of the 1 liter bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e. That's exactly the room needed to keep a full supplement program next to the doser, without cluttering the bottom of the stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea part number: R42437. Red Sea does not publish the basket's dimensions or material — if you see those figures elsewhere, they don't come from the manufacturer. Write to us if a precise measurement matters for your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis basket mounts on the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-slide-out-control-panel-60\"\u003eRed Sea Slide-out Control Panel 60\u003c\/a\u003e — it is designed for that model. On the panel itself, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-doseurs-4-pompes\"\u003eReefDose 4 doser\u003c\/a\u003e is the typical resident, and inside the basket go the bottles being dosed, like \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-foundation-a-calcium-500ml\"\u003eFoundation A Calcium+ 500 ml\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the basket work with the Slide-out Control Panel 25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — Red Sea presents it as the accessory for the Slide-out Control Panel 60. No compatibility with the 25 panel is published by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many supplement bottles does it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states 7 of its 500 ml bottles or 5 of its 1 liter bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42389708603563,"sku":"RSR42437","price":59.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-utility-basket-installation.webp?v=1738798446"},{"product_id":"red-sea-slide-out-control-panel-60","title":"Slide-out Control Panel 60 — Large Pull-Out Shelf for REEFER Cabinets - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Slide-out Control Panel 60\u003c\/strong\u003e is a shelf that mounts inside your aquarium cabinet and \u003cstrong\u003eslides out\u003c\/strong\u003e with all your equipment on it. Doser, controller, power supply: instead of lying on the floor to reach the back of the cabinet, you pull the shelf toward you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e60 x 50 x 2 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e (23.6 x 19.7 x 0.8\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum cabinet internal depth: \u003cstrong\u003e51 cm (20\")\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine-spec black laminated plywood panel, 2 cm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-release stainless steel soft-close sliders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts on the left \u003cstrong\u003eor\u003c\/strong\u003e right side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting brackets leave 3 cm (1.2\") clearance for door hinges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to know whether it fits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes one criterion that settles everything: \u003cstrong\u003eyour cabinet's internal depth must be at least 51 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Grab a tape measure, open the door, measure front to back. At 51 cm or more, the 60 fits. Below that, you want the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-slide-out-control-panel-25\"\u003eControl Panel 25\u003c\/a\u003e instead — it only needs 46 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck what you already have, too.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea includes a slide-out panel as original equipment in several of its systems, notably the REEFER S range and much of the REEFER MAX G2+ line. No point buying a second one if yours is already fitted — write to us with your tank's exact name and we'll check before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe utility basket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-utility-basket-kit-for-slide-out-control-panel-60\"\u003eR42437 utility basket\u003c\/a\u003e is the accessory built for this panel. Red Sea states it holds \u003cstrong\u003e7 of its 500 ml supplement bottles, or 5 of its 1 L bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e. That's what turns the shelf into a complete dosing station: doser on top, bottles underneath, everything slides out together when it's time to top up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplementary products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-doseurs-4-pompes\"\u003eReefDose 4\u003c\/a\u003e is the device most people mount on this panel first. And if the sump plumbing needs attention while the cabinet is empty, see the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-pipe-connector-o-ring-set\"\u003eR42187 O-ring set\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eControl Panel 25 or 60?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour cabinet depth decides: 46 cm minimum for the 25, \u003cstrong\u003e51 cm minimum for the 60\u003c\/strong\u003e. The 60 gives a far larger surface (60 x 50 cm against 25 x 45 cm) and it's the only one of the two that takes the utility basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan two be fitted in the same cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel mounts left or right. Red Sea publishes no two-panel configuration — write to us with your cabinet's internal dimensions and we'll look at what's workable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it hold up to the humidity of an aquarium cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panel is marine-spec laminated plywood and the sliders are stainless steel — those are the materials Red Sea specifies for this exact use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. Secure delivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order amount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42389713780907,"sku":"RSR42435","price":299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/RedSea-25-60.jpg_640x640.jpg_ec43c57f-70d9-494f-a01c-aec2f3a2af14.jpg?v=1707872140"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-peninsula-reefled50","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula with ReefLED60","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eMAX NANO G2 Peninsula: A Fully Equipped, Ready-to-Use Aquarium\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e •\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eTotal volume: 26.4 gallons (100 liters)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e •\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eLighting included: ReefLED 60\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eControl panel with a single outlet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eOptional furniture (black or white)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eReady-to-use ReefATO+ and NanoMat system with rear compartment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The \u003cb\u003eMAX NANO G2 Peninsula\u003c\/b\u003e comes with everything you need to create a spectacular marine reef at home, without having to worry about compatibility or component selection. It offers advanced infrastructure, optimal water management, reinforced cabinetry (optional), and two new G2 features: the ReefATO+ and NanoMat systems. With its sleek, rimless design and ultra-clear 8mm glass, it incorporates the \u003cb\u003eReefLED 50\u003c\/b\u003e Wi-Fi connected lighting. The return pump and protein skimmer are connected to a convenient control panel, allowing for quick shutdowns for feeding or maintenance. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kybCfrQBzu8?si=uTKLrnZ5I_J4S0PZ\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cb\u003eAquarium Features\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions\u003c\/b\u003e : 45 x 58.4 x 45 cm (17.7” L x 23” W x 17.7” H)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eTotal volume\u003c\/b\u003e : 26.4 gallons (100 liters)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eGlass thickness\u003c\/b\u003e : 8 mm (ultra-clear glass)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cb\u003eReefLED 50 Lighting Included\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Designed to provide a light intensity and spectrum fully usable by corals, the \u003cb\u003eReefLED 50\u003c\/b\u003e is perfect for stimulating their growth and coloration. Featuring built-in Wi-Fi, it is controlled via the \u003cb\u003eReefBeat\u003c\/b\u003e app, offering preset programs, sunrise\/sunset effects, moonlight, random clouds, and an acclimation mode for new setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cb\u003eReefATO+ Ready to Use\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The MAX NANO G2 Peninsula is compatible with the \u003cb\u003eReefATO+\u003c\/b\u003e , an extremely reliable automatic top-up system that also includes temperature control and leak detection. Like the ReefLED lighting, the ReefATO+ is integrated with the ReefBeat app, allowing you to manage all your Red Sea devices from one place. \u003ci\u003eReefATO+ sold separately.\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cb\u003eNanoMat Ready to Use\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The included sock filter can be replaced with the \u003cb\u003eNanoMat\u003c\/b\u003e , which offers improved mechanical filtration thanks to an automatic flocculation roller. This ensures superior water quality and optimal clarity. \u003ci\u003eNanoMat sold separately.\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cb\u003eGuarantee\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 5-year manufacturer's warranty (3 years standard + 2 additional years after registration).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cb\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e •\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eMAX NANO G2 Peninsula\u003c\/b\u003e Aquarium\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBlack or white furniture (optional)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eReefLED 60\u003c\/b\u003e lighting and mounting arm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSicce 250 GPH Return Pump\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eNano XL Protein Skimmer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e225 micron sock filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFoam bubble trap\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e100g of Reef-Spec charcoal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cb\u003eNote:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cb\u003eNanoMat\u003c\/b\u003e and \u003cb\u003eReefATO+\u003c\/b\u003e accessories are sold separately. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/EU9hoVs5nWU?si=MrwSJwU0J2jGLrVU\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/NFrsZi1ZDqs?si=kHraR6pNHHK8-HS5\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"Without furniture","offer_id":44713139568811,"sku":"RSR40007G2","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":44713137569963,"sku":"RSR40005G2","price":1989.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":44713137602731,"sku":"RSR40006G2A","price":1989.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/0003_max_nano_peninsula_black_full_1_dcacd331-4d07-4c96-85bb-11bca36275f6.webp?v=1731771402"},{"product_id":"red-sea-desktop-peninsula-tank","title":"Red Sea DESKTOP Peninsula – All-In-One NANO Aquarium","description":"\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003eThe \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eRed Sea DESKTOP Peninsula\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e is an innovative NANO aquarium designed to provide a \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e360-degree panoramic view\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e of your aquatic ecosystem. Its \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003epeninsula design\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e allows for \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eelegant integration\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e into various spaces, offering an immersive experience for aquarists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/XQ57k6VQIIE?si=7zUvSQdABI1r2iun\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\" allowfullscreen=\"\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" frameborder=\"0\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p3\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhy Choose the Red Sea DESKTOP Peninsula?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e✅ \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003ePeninsula Design\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e – Offers a \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eclear view\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e of your aquarium from multiple angles, ideal as a room divider or focal point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e✅ \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 mm Ultra-Clear Glass\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e – Ensures \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eexceptional transparency\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e for optimal observation of your corals and fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p4\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e✅ \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntegrated REEF-SPEC Filtration\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e – Features a \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003emulti-stage rear sump\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e with skimmer chamber, ensuring \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003ecrystal-clear water\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e✅ \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eVersatility\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e – Suitable for both \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003efreshwater\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e and \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003emarine\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e setups, offering \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eflexibility\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e according to your preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e✅ \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e – Compatible with accessories such as \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eskimmer\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e, \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eATO\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e, and \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003ecirculation pump\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e, allowing for \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003etailored adaptation\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p3\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p5\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eVolume\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e: 90 L (23.8 gallons) \u003cspan class=\"s3\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p5\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eDimensions\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e: 45 x 58.5 x 42 cm (17.7” x 23” x 16.5”)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p6\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eGlass Thickness\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e: 8 mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p5\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eGlass Type\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e: Ultra-clear, rimless \u003cspan class=\"s3\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p5\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e•\u003cspan class=\"Apple-tab-span\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntegrated Filtration\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e: Multi-stage rear sump with 225 μm micron bag, mechanical sponge, and REEF-SPEC activated carbon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p3\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eKit Includes:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p4\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e✔️ \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p4\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e✔️ \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntegrated filtration with rear sump\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p4\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e✔️ \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eMicron bag holder and skimmer chamber\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p4\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e✔️ \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eMechanical filtration sponge\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p4\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e✔️ \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eREEF-SPEC activated carbon\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p4\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e✔️ \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eSilent tubing support\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p4\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e✔️ \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eAnti-siphon valve\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p7\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eOrder Now!\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003eEnhance your space with the \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eRed Sea DESKTOP Peninsula\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e, an elegant NANO aquarium offering a \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003epanoramic view\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eand \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eadvanced filtration\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e🔗 \u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eOfficial Manufacturer Link:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/g1.redseafish.com\/en\/aquarium-systems\/desktop\/\"\u003ehttps:\/\/g1.redseafish.com\/en\/aquarium-systems\/desktop\/\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"Aquarium Only","offer_id":44986067353771,"sku":"RSR44312","price":499.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aquarium and black cabinet","offer_id":44986067386539,"sku":"RSR44310","price":945.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aquarium and white furniture","offer_id":44986067419307,"sku":"RSR44311","price":945.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/desktop-cube-cabinet_d421026b-34e4-4de4-9b1a-ff66119f1f6c.jpg?v=1740954006"},{"product_id":"red-sea-300dc-reefer-skimmer","title":"Red Sea RSK 300 DC — REEFER Self-Leveling DC Pump ReefBeat 80 gal SPS Skimmer - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea RSK 300 DC REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e is Red Sea's smart skimmer with patented Self-Leveling technology that eliminates foam overflows and continuously self-regulates. Equipped with the variable flow Sicce PSK DC-1200 pump, the dual-action Skim Sensor, and full integration with the ReefBeat ecosystem, it is the most advanced skimmer in Red Sea's range for reef aquariums up to 300 liters (80 gallons) in heavy SPS load and up to 600 liters (160 gallons) in mixed reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant: The Red Sea ReefRun Dual Controller is required to operate this skimmer and is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefRun Dual Controller is sold separately and can simultaneously control the DC skimmer AND a ReefRun DC return pump — one controller for two devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNo More Overflows — A Game Changer for Reef Keepers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny reef keeper who has ever owned a protein skimmer knows the same frustration: you go to work or bed, and when you come back, the cup has overflowed into your sump or, worse, onto your floor. Someone fed the fish, salinity moved, a water change disrupted skimming, or simply water chemistry fluctuated. With a classic AC skimmer, you are constantly monitoring the neck, adjusting the valve, worrying remotely. It's exhausting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 300 DC changes the game. The Self-Leveling technology monitors the foam wetness in the neck in real-time with a dual-action solid-state sensor. As soon as the foam becomes too wet or rises too quickly, the DC pump automatically reduces its intensity — just enough to prevent overflow. Then it gradually increases, little by little, depending on the foam wetness, until it regains the intensity you programmed and restores stable skimming. This is not a simple float switch that cuts everything off: your skimmer continues to aerate and circulate water continuously, even in reduced Self-Leveling mode. The technology is patented (patent pending) by Red Sea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt ReefSolution, we use DC skimmers on our own systems and we love them.\u003c\/strong\u003e The peace of mind knowing that the skimmer won't overflow overnight or when we're at the store is priceless. It's the best investment we've made in our reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVideos — Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe official Red Sea presentation of the DC range, followed by the step-by-step setup guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WFD2S9lifgE\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer Self-Leveling smart skimmer overview\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"The REEFER DC Skimmer – protein skimming the smart way\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea overview of the REEFER DC Skimmer range: patented Self-Leveling technology, PSK DC pump and ReefBeat app control.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/WFD2S9lifgE\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2024-02-25\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WFD2S9lifgE\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer how to set up and adjust\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"How to set up and adjust REEFER DC Skimmers\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea guide: setting up the REEFER DC Skimmer, adjusting the water level and configuring the Self-Leveling threshold in ReefBeat.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2023-04-14\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity According to Biological Load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS \/ Heavy Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 300 L (80 gal) — Acropora, Montipora, frequent feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Reef \/ Medium Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 600 L (160 gal) — SPS, LPS, soft corals combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish Only \/ Light Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 900 L (240 gal) — Fish-only aquarium with few corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Self-Leveling Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Skim Sensor installed in the collection cup lid continuously monitors two parameters:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Wetness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detects when the foam in the neck becomes too wet — a sign that an overflow is approaching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaste Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitors the filling of the collection cup and sends you a notification when it's time to empty it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the wetness exceeds the threshold you configured in the ReefBeat app, the DC pump immediately reduces its intensity. Then it gradually adjusts its power — not on\/off, but continuous regulation — until stable skimming is restored. This cycle repeats automatically, 24\/7, whether you are in front of your aquarium or on the other side of the world.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReefBeat Integration — Your Skimmer in Your Pocket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnected to the ReefRun Dual Controller, the RSK 300 DC integrates with the Red Sea ReefBeat app for total control:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust pump intensity and Self-Leveling threshold from your phone, anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alerts when the collection cup is full, when the pump is blocked or running dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom feeding scenario — the skimmer reduces or shuts off during feeding, then automatically restarts after the delay you configure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordered restart sequence after maintenance — the return pump restarts first to re-establish water levels, then the skimmer, then wavemakers, then dosers, in the order and timing you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick actions in case of emergency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScheduled Programming:\u003c\/strong\u003e Activate and deactivate skimming on a daily schedule — for example, reduce the skimmer after feeding to allow corals to absorb food, then automatically increase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSkimmer Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSicce PSK DC-1200 Pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Needle-wheel DC pump with variable flow, manufactured by Sicce for proven reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkim Sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-action solid-state sensor in the collection cup lid for Self-Leveling regulation and notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamic Diffusion Chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e Diffusion plate with prominent holes that uniformly disperse fine bubbles through the cone without reducing air or water flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoamView Window:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated viewing window in the collection cup to monitor foam without removing the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Neck Cleaner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotating bar with a double-sided thick rubber scraper to remove buildup on the neck walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkim Regulator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Notched precision valve controlling the water level in the reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrain Port:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-meter hose with valve for connection to an external waste collector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Orientation Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Symmetrical base can be installed in 3 positions to adapt the water intake and regulator to your sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise Reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-vibration feet, rubber connectors, oversized air intake silencer. The variable flow DC pump produces less vibration than fixed-speed AC pumps. The noise level remains dependent on your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e RSK 300 DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sicce PSK DC-1200 needle-wheel (DC, variable flow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 L\/h (130 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 L\/h (265 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintained ORP:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350+ mV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53 cm (21 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 x 21 cm or 25 x 18 cm depending on chosen orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Water Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 to 20 cm (6 to 8 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-action solid-state Skim Sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnectivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefBeat via ReefRun Dual Controller (required, sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eREEFER Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 300 DC is designed to fit into the skimmer chamber of Red Sea REEFER systems. Compatible with REEFER 170, REEFER 200, REEFER 250, REEFER 300, and REEFER 350 models (G1, G2, G2+, and G3). Also works in any third-party sump with a water height of 16 to 20 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x RSK 300 DC skimmer body with conical reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Sicce PSK DC-1200 pump with click-in\/out mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Collection cup with FoamView window, integrated neck cleaner, and lid with Skim Sensor housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Dual-action Skim Sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Oversized air intake silencer with supply hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 1-meter drain hose with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Controller cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Universal power supply + AC cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly base with 3 orientation options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort thread nylon screws and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefRun Dual Controller is required to operate the DC pump and Skim Sensor. It is sold separately and can also control a ReefRun DC return pump simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRSK 300 DC vs RSK 300 AC — Why Choose DC?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Self-Leveling:\u003c\/strong\u003e The AC has no overflow regulation. The DC continuously monitors foam and self-regulates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The AC operates at a fixed speed. The DC adjusts its power in real-time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat Connectivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remote control, notifications, scheduled programming, automated modes — impossible with AC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoother Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The DC pump produces less vibration than the Sicce PSK-600 AC pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20W — Red Sea does not publish a wattage for its AC pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous Aeration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Even in reduced Self-Leveling mode, the pump continues to circulate and aerate the water. A float switch cuts everything off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea retailer in Canada with technical support in French. We use DC skimmers on our own systems at ReefSolution — we can guide you through installation and ReefBeat setup. Delivery across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-dual-dc-pump-control\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun Dual Controller\u003c\/a\u003e — \u003cstrong\u003erequired\u003c\/strong\u003e to operate this skimmer; it also drives a DC return pump on its second port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-600dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRed Sea RSK 600 DC REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e — the model above, for mixed reefs up to 1,200 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e — DC return pump to connect to the second port of the same controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt 175 gal\u003c\/a\u003e — reef salt formulated for REEFER systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RSK 300 DC work without the ReefRun Dual Controller?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The ReefRun Dual Controller is required to power and control the PSK DC-1200 pump and the Skim Sensor. It is not included with the skimmer and must be purchased separately. The advantage is that a single controller can manage the DC skimmer and a ReefRun DC return pump simultaneously — one purchase for two devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Self-Leveling really work? No more overflows?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is not a simple float switch that turns off the skimmer when the collection cup is full. The solid-state sensor continuously monitors foam wetness in the neck and adjusts pump power in real-time — gradually, not on\/off. After feeding, a water change, or a salinity fluctuation, the pump reduces just enough to stabilize the foam, then gradually increases. At ReefSolution, we use this technology on our own systems and the results are remarkable — no more panicked awakenings to check the skimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RSK 300 DC the right choice for my REEFER 250?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The RSK 300 DC is recommended by Red Sea for mixed reefs up to 160 gallons. For a REEFER 250 (65 gallons), it is the ideal model. If you have an aquarium over 160 gallons in a mixed reef, consider the RSK 600 DC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I adjust the RSK 300 DC skimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo levels of adjustment. Physical adjustment is done via the notched precision valve that controls the water level in the reaction chamber — raise the level for wetter skimming, lower for drier skimming. Smart adjustment is done via the ReefBeat app where you configure the DC pump intensity and the Self-Leveling sensitivity threshold. The combination of both gives you total control over the quality and quantity of foam produced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the DC pump quieter than the AC pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PSK DC-1200 pump is a variable flow pump that generally produces less vibration than fixed-speed AC pumps. Combined with the air silencer and anti-vibration feet, operation is smoother than the RSK 300 AC with its PSK-600 pump. The noise level remains dependent on your installation — sump type, surface under the skimmer, cabinet resonance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42713980862635,"sku":"RSR50504","price":799.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-300dc-skimmer-closeup.jpg?v=1775345954"},{"product_id":"red-sea-600dc-reefer-skimmer","title":"Red Sea RSK 600 DC — REEFER Self-Leveling DC Pump ReefBeat 160 gal SPS Skimmer - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea RSK 600 DC REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e is Red Sea's intermediate smart skimmer featuring patented Self-Leveling technology that eliminates foam overflows and continuously self-regulates. Equipped with the variable flow Sicce PSK DC-1200 pump, the dual-action Skim Sensor, and full integration with the ReefBeat ecosystem, this DC skimmer is suitable for reef aquariums up to 600 liters (160 gallons) in heavy SPS load and up to 1,200 liters (320 gallons) in mixed reefs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant: The Red Sea ReefRun Dual Controller is required to operate this skimmer and is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefRun Dual Controller is sold separately and can simultaneously control the DC skimmer AND a ReefRun DC return pump — one controller for two devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo More Overflows — A Game Changer for Reef Keepers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny reef keeper who has owned a protein skimmer knows the same frustration: you leave for work or go to bed, and when you return, the cup has overflowed into your sump or, worse, onto your floor. Someone fed the fish, salinity shifted, a water change disturbed skimming, or simply water chemistry fluctuated. With a classic AC skimmer, you are constantly monitoring the neck, adjusting the valve, worrying remotely. It's exhausting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 600 DC changes the game. Self-Leveling technology monitors foam wetness in the neck in real-time with a dual-action solid-state sensor. As soon as the foam becomes too wet or rises too quickly, the DC pump automatically reduces its intensity — just enough to prevent overflow. Then, it gradually increases, little by little, based on the foam wetness, until it reaches your programmed intensity and restores stable skimming. This is not just a simple float switch that cuts everything off: your skimmer continues to aerate and circulate water continuously, even in reduced Self-Leveling mode. The technology is patented (patent pending) by Red Sea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt ReefSolution, we use DC skimmers on our own systems and we love them.\u003c\/strong\u003e The peace of mind knowing that the skimmer won't overflow overnight or when we're at the shop is priceless. It's the best investment we've made in our reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVideos — Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe official Red Sea presentation of the DC range, followed by the step-by-step setup guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WFD2S9lifgE\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer Self-Leveling smart skimmer overview\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"The REEFER DC Skimmer – protein skimming the smart way\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea overview of the REEFER DC Skimmer range: patented Self-Leveling technology, PSK DC pump and ReefBeat app control.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/WFD2S9lifgE\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2024-02-25\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WFD2S9lifgE\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer how to set up and adjust\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"How to set up and adjust REEFER DC Skimmers\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea guide: setting up the REEFER DC Skimmer, adjusting the water level and configuring the Self-Leveling threshold in ReefBeat.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2023-04-14\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity by Biological Load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS \/ Heavy Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 600 L (160 gal) — Acropora, Montipora, frequent feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Reef \/ Medium Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1,200 L (320 gal) — SPS, LPS, soft corals combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish Only \/ Light Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1,800 L (500 gal) — Fish-only aquarium with few corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRSK 600 DC — Who is it for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 600 DC is the choice for reef keepers with medium to large aquariums: REEFER 350, REEFER 425, REEFER 525, REEFER Peninsula, or any third-party sump with sufficient space. If your aquarium exceeds 80 gallons in SPS load or 160 gallons in mixed reef, or if you feed heavily and are tired of constantly monitoring your skimmer, the RSK 600 DC is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Self-Leveling Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Skim Sensor installed in the collection cup lid continuously monitors two parameters:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Wetness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detects when the foam in the neck becomes too wet — a sign that an overflow is approaching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaste Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitors the filling of the collection cup and sends you a notification when it's time to empty it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the wetness exceeds the threshold you configured in the ReefBeat app, the DC pump immediately reduces its intensity. Then it gradually adjusts its power — not on\/off, but continuous regulation — until stable skimming is restored. This cycle repeats automatically, 24\/7, whether you are in front of your aquarium or on the other side of the world.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReefBeat Integration — Your Skimmer in Your Pocket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnected to the ReefRun Dual Controller, the RSK 600 DC integrates with the Red Sea ReefBeat app for total control:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust pump intensity and Self-Leveling threshold from your phone, anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alerts when the cup is full, when the pump is blocked, or running dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom feeding scenario — the skimmer reduces or shuts off during feeding, then automatically restarts after your configured delay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordered restart sequence after maintenance — the return pump restarts first, then the skimmer, then wavemakers, then dosers, in the order and timing you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick actions in case of emergency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScheduled Programming:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enable and disable skimming according to a personalized daily schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSkimmer Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSicce PSK DC-1200 Pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Needle-wheel DC pump with variable flow, manufactured by Sicce for proven reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkim Sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-action solid-state sensor in the collection cup lid for Self-Leveling regulation and notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamic Diffusion Chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e Diffusion plate with prominent holes that uniformly disperse fine bubbles through the cone without reducing air or water flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoamView Window:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated viewing window in the collection cup to monitor foam without removing the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Neck Cleaner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotating bar with thick dual-sided rubber scraper to remove accumulation on the neck walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Regulator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Notched precision valve controlling the water level in the reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrain Port:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-meter hose with valve for connection to an external waste collector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Orientation Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Symmetrical base installable in 3 positions to adapt the water intake and regulator to your sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise Reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-vibration feet, rubber connectors, oversized air intake silencer. The variable flow DC pump produces less vibration than fixed-speed AC pumps. Noise level remains dependent on your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e RSK 600 DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sicce PSK DC-1200 needle-wheel (DC, variable flow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 L\/h (195 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 L\/h (400 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintained ORP:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350+ mV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 56 cm (22 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26 x 24 cm (10.2 x 9.4 in) or 29 x 21 cm (11.4 x 8.3 in) depending on orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Water Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 20 cm (7 to 8 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-action solid-state Skim Sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnectivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefBeat via ReefRun Dual Controller (required, sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDC Range Comparison\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 300 DC:\u003c\/strong\u003e Air 500 L\/h | Water 1,000 L\/h | 20W | SPS 80 gal | Mixed 160 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 600 DC:\u003c\/strong\u003e Air 750 L\/h | Water 1,500 L\/h | 25W | SPS 160 gal | Mixed 320 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 900 DC:\u003c\/strong\u003e Air 900 L\/h | Water 2,000 L\/h | 30W | SPS 240 gal | Mixed 500 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eREEFER Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 600 DC is designed to fit into the skimmer chamber of Red Sea REEFER systems. Compatible with REEFER 350, REEFER 425, REEFER 525, REEFER 625, and REEFER Peninsula models (G1, G2, G2+, and G3). Also works in any third-party sump with a water height of 18 to 20 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x RSK 600 DC skimmer body with conical reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Sicce PSK DC-1200 pump with click-in\/out mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Collection cup with FoamView window, integrated neck cleaner, and lid with Skim Sensor housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Dual-action Skim Sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Oversized air intake silencer with supply hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 1-meter drain hose with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Controller cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Universal power supply + AC cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly base with 3 orientation options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort-threaded nylon screws and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefRun Dual Controller is required to operate the DC pump and Skim Sensor. It is sold separately and can also control a ReefRun DC return pump simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRSK 600 DC vs RSK 600 AC — Why Choose DC?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Self-Leveling:\u003c\/strong\u003e The AC has no overflow regulation. The DC continuously monitors foam and self-regulates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The AC operates at a fixed speed. The DC adjusts its power in real-time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat Connectivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remote control, notifications, scheduled programming, automated modes — impossible with the AC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoother Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The DC pump produces less vibration than the Sicce PSK-1000 AC pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25W — Red Sea does not publish a wattage for its AC pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous Aeration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Even in reduced Self-Leveling, the pump continues to circulate and aerate the water. A float switch cuts everything off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Canada with technical support in French. We use DC skimmers on our own systems at ReefSolution — we can guide you through installation and ReefBeat configuration. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-dual-dc-pump-control\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun Dual Controller\u003c\/a\u003e — \u003cstrong\u003erequired\u003c\/strong\u003e to operate this skimmer; it also drives a DC return pump on its second port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-300dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRed Sea RSK 300 DC REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e — the compact model, for mixed reefs up to 600 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-900dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRed Sea RSK 900 DC REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e — the model above, for larger systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e — DC return pump to connect to the second port of the same controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RSK 600 DC work without the ReefRun Dual Controller?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The ReefRun Dual Controller is required to power and control the PSK DC-1200 pump and the Skim Sensor. It is not included with the skimmer and must be purchased separately. The advantage is that a single controller can manage both the DC skimmer and a ReefRun DC return pump simultaneously — one purchase for two devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Self-Leveling really work? No more overflows?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is not just a simple float switch that turns off the skimmer when the cup is full. The solid-state sensor continuously monitors foam wetness in the neck and adjusts the pump's power in real-time — gradually, not on\/off. After feeding, a water change, or a salinity fluctuation, the pump reduces just enough to stabilize the foam, then gradually increases. At ReefSolution, we use this technology on our own systems, and the results are remarkable — no more panicking when checking the skimmer in the morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RSK 600 DC the right choice for my REEFER 425 or a 150-gallon aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The RSK 600 DC is recommended by Red Sea for mixed reefs up to 320 gallons. For a REEFER 425 (110 gallons) or a 150-gallon aquarium with a heavy SPS load, the RSK 600 DC offers ideal capacity. It is also the recommended model for the REEFER 350, REEFER 525, and REEFER Peninsula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I adjust the RSK 600 DC skimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are two levels of adjustment. Physical adjustment is done via the notched precision valve that controls the water level in the reaction chamber — raise the level for wetter skimming, lower for drier skimming. Smart adjustment is done via the ReefBeat app, where you configure the DC pump intensity and the Self-Leveling sensitivity threshold. The combination of both gives you total control over the quality and quantity of foam produced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the RSK 600 DC fit in my sump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is 26 x 24 cm (10.2 x 9.4 in) or 29 x 21 cm (11.4 x 8.3 in) depending on the chosen orientation among the 3 assembly options. In REEFER sumps, the RSK 600 DC is designed to integrate perfectly. For third-party sumps, measure your skimmer chamber and water height (18-20 cm recommended).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42713983680683,"sku":"RSR50507","price":979.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-600dc-skimmer-closeup.jpg?v=1775346523"},{"product_id":"red-sea-900dc-reefer-skimmer","title":"Red Sea RSK 900 DC — REEFER Self-Leveling DC Pump Protein Skimmer ReefBeat 240 gal SPS - Red Sea","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea RSK 900 DC REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most powerful smart skimmer in the Red Sea range, featuring patented Self-Leveling technology that eliminates foam overflows and continuously self-regulates. Equipped with a variable flow Sicce PSK DC-1200 pump pushing 900 L\/h of air and 2,000 L\/h of water, a dual-action Skim Sensor, and full integration with the ReefBeat ecosystem, this is the DC skimmer for large reef aquariums up to 900 liters (240 gallons) with heavy SPS loads and up to 1,800 liters (500 gallons) for mixed reefs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant: The Red Sea ReefRun Dual Controller is required to operate this skimmer and is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefRun Dual Controller is sold separately and can simultaneously control the DC skimmer AND a ReefRun DC return pump — one controller for two devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNo More Overflows — A Game Changer for Reef Keepers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny reef keeper who has owned a protein skimmer knows the same frustration: you leave for work or go to bed, and when you return, the cup has overflowed into your sump or, worse, onto your floor. Someone fed the fish, salinity shifted, a water change disturbed the skimming, or simply the water chemistry fluctuated. With a classic AC skimmer, you're constantly monitoring the neck, adjusting the valve, worrying from afar. The larger the skimmer, the more amplified the problem — an overflow on an RSK 900 causes much more damage than an RSK 300.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 900 DC changes the game. Self-Leveling technology monitors the foam wetness in the neck in real-time with a dual-action solid-state sensor. As soon as the foam becomes too wet or rises too quickly, the DC pump automatically reduces its intensity — just enough to prevent overflow. Then it gradually increases, little by little, depending on the foam wetness, until it reaches your programmed intensity and restores stable skimming. This is not a simple float switch that shuts everything off: your skimmer continues to aerate and circulate water continuously, even in reduced Self-Leveling mode. The technology is patented (patent pending) by Red Sea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt ReefSolution, we use DC skimmers on our own systems and we love them.\u003c\/strong\u003e The peace of mind knowing the skimmer won't overflow overnight or when we're at the shop is priceless. It's the best investment we've made in our reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVideos — Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe official Red Sea presentation of the DC range, followed by the step-by-step setup guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WFD2S9lifgE\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer Self-Leveling smart skimmer overview\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"The REEFER DC Skimmer – protein skimming the smart way\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea overview of the REEFER DC Skimmer range: patented Self-Leveling technology, PSK DC pump and ReefBeat app control.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/WFD2S9lifgE\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2024-02-25\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WFD2S9lifgE\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer;autoplay;clipboard-write;encrypted-media;gyroscope;picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER DC Skimmer how to set up and adjust\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\"name\":\"How to set up and adjust REEFER DC Skimmers\",\"description\":\"Official Red Sea guide: setting up the REEFER DC Skimmer, adjusting the water level and configuring the Self-Leveling threshold in ReefBeat.\",\"thumbnailUrl\":\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\/maxresdefault.jpg\",\"uploadDate\":\"2023-04-14\",\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ugF0ZzPf_Ww\"}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity by Biological Load\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS \/ Heavy Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 900 L (240 gal) — Acropora, Montipora, frequent feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Reef \/ Medium Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1,800 L (500 gal) — Mixed SPS, LPS, soft corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFish Only \/ Light Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 2,700 L (740 gal) — Fish-only aquarium with few corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRSK 900 DC — Who is it for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 900 DC is the choice for reef keepers managing large systems: REEFER 625, REEFER 750, REEFER 900, REEFER Peninsula 650\/700, REEFER S-850\/S-1000, or custom sumps of 200 gallons and up. If your aquarium exceeds 160 gallons with a heavy SPS load or 320 gallons for a mixed reef, or if you have a heavily fed system with demanding SPS corals, the RSK 900 DC is the model for you — with the added security of Self-Leveling on a skimmer of this power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Self-Leveling Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Skim Sensor installed in the collection cup lid continuously monitors two parameters:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Wetness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detects when the foam in the neck becomes too wet — a sign that an overflow is approaching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaste Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitors the filling of the collection cup and sends you a notification when it's time to empty it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the wetness exceeds the threshold you've configured in the ReefBeat app, the DC pump immediately reduces its intensity. Then it gradually adjusts its power — not on\/off, but continuous regulation — until stable skimming is restored. This cycle repeats automatically, 24\/7, whether you are in front of your aquarium or halfway around the world.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReefBeat Integration — Your Skimmer in Your Pocket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnected to the ReefRun Dual Controller, the RSK 900 DC integrates with the Red Sea ReefBeat app for total control:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust pump intensity and Self-Leveling threshold from your phone, anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alerts when the cup is full, when the pump is blocked, or running dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Custom feeding scenario — skimmer reduces or shuts off during feeding, then restarts automatically after your configured delay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordered restart sequence after maintenance — return pump restarts first, then skimmer, then wavemakers, then dosers, in the order and timing you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick actions in case of emergency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchedule Programming:\u003c\/strong\u003e Activate and deactivate skimming according to a custom daily schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSkimmer Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSicce PSK DC-1200 Pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Variable flow DC needlewheel pump, manufactured by Sicce for proven reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkim Sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-action solid-state sensor in the collection cup lid for Self-Leveling regulation and notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamic Diffusion Chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e Diffusion plate with prominent holes that uniformly disperse fine bubbles through the cone without reducing air or water flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoamView Window:\u003c\/strong\u003e Viewing window integrated into the collection cup to monitor foam without removing the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Neck Cleaner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotating bar with thick double-sided rubber squeegee to remove buildup on the neck walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkim Regulator:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision notched valve controlling the water level in the reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrain Port:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-meter hose with valve for connection to an external waste collector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Orientation Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Symmetrical base installable in 3 positions to adapt the water inlet and regulator to your sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise Reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-vibration feet, rubber connectors, oversized air intake silencer. The variable flow DC pump produces less vibration than fixed-speed AC pumps. As the RSK 900 DC is the most powerful in the range with 900 L\/h of air, the noise level will be higher than the 300 and 600 DC models. The noise level still depends on your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e RSK 900 DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sicce PSK DC-1200 needlewheel (DC, variable flow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 L\/h (235 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 L\/h (530 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintained ORP:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350+ mV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 59 cm (23 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 29 x 27 cm (11.4 x 10.6 in) or 32 x 24 cm (12.6 x 9.4 in) depending on orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Water Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 to 24 cm (8 to 9 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-action solid-state Skim Sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnectivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefBeat via ReefRun Dual Controller (required, sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDC Range Comparison\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 300 DC:\u003c\/strong\u003e Air 500 L\/h | Water 1,000 L\/h | 20W | SPS 80 gal | Mixed 160 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 600 DC:\u003c\/strong\u003e Air 750 L\/h | Water 1,500 L\/h | 25W | SPS 160 gal | Mixed 320 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRSK 900 DC:\u003c\/strong\u003e Air 900 L\/h | Water 2,000 L\/h | 30W | SPS 240 gal | Mixed 500 gal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eREEFER Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSK 900 DC is designed to fit into the skimming chamber of Red Sea REEFER systems. Compatible with REEFER 525, REEFER 625, REEFER 750, REEFER 900, REEFER Peninsula 650\/700, REEFER S-850, and REEFER S-1000 models (G1, G2, G2+, and G3). Some models may require adjustment. Also works in any third-party sump with a water height of 20 to 24 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x RSK 900 DC skimmer body with conical reaction chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Sicce PSK DC-1200 pump with click-in\/out mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Collection cup with FoamView window, integrated neck cleaner, and lid with Skim Sensor housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Dual-action Skim Sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Oversized air intake silencer with supply hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 1-meter drain hose with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Controller cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Universal power supply + AC cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly base with 3 orientation options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort threaded nylon screws and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefRun Dual Controller is required to operate the DC pump and Skim Sensor. It is sold separately and can also control a ReefRun DC return pump simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRSK 900 DC vs RSK 900 AC — Why Choose DC?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Self-Leveling:\u003c\/strong\u003e The AC has no overflow regulation. The DC continuously monitors foam and self-regulates. On a skimmer of this power, overflow protection is even more critical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The AC operates at a fixed speed. The DC adjusts its power in real-time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat Connectivity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remote control, notifications, scheduling, automated modes — impossible with the AC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoother Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The DC pump produces less vibration than the AC Sicce PSK-1200 pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30W — Red Sea does not publish a wattage for its AC pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous Aeration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Even in reduced Self-Leveling mode, the pump continues to circulate and aerate the water. A float switch shuts everything off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Canada with technical support in French. We use DC skimmers on our own systems at ReefSolution — we can guide you through installation and ReefBeat configuration. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplementary products:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-dual-dc-pump-control\"\u003eRed Sea ReefRun Dual Controller\u003c\/a\u003e — \u003cstrong\u003erequired\u003c\/strong\u003e to operate this skimmer; it also drives a DC return pump on its second port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-600dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRed Sea RSK 600 DC REEFER Skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e — the intermediate model, if your system is under 320 gallons in a mixed reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 DC Pump\u003c\/a\u003e — DC return pump to connect to the second port of the same controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e — automatic fleece roller filter for large sumps; mechanical filtration upstream reduces the organic load the skimmer has to handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RSK 900 DC work without the ReefRun Dual Controller?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The ReefRun Dual Controller is required to power and control the PSK DC-1200 pump and Skim Sensor. It is not included with the skimmer and must be purchased separately. The advantage is that a single controller can manage both the DC skimmer and a ReefRun DC return pump simultaneously — one purchase for two devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Self-Leveling really work? No more overflows?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is not a simple float switch that turns off the skimmer when the cup is full. The solid-state sensor continuously monitors foam wetness in the neck and adjusts the pump's power in real-time — gradually, not on\/off. After feeding, a water change, or a salinity fluctuation, the pump reduces just enough to stabilize the foam, then gradually increases. At ReefSolution, we use this technology on our own systems and the results are remarkable — no more panicking to check the skimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the RSK 900 DC the right choice for my REEFER 750 or a 200+ gallon aquarium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The RSK 900 DC is recommended by Red Sea for mixed reefs up to 500 gallons and SPS aquariums up to 240 gallons. For a REEFER 750 (200 gallons) with a heavy SPS load, the RSK 900 DC offers ideal capacity with the security of Self-Leveling. It is also the recommended model for the REEFER 625, REEFER 900, and REEFER Peninsula 650\/700.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I adjust the RSK 900 DC skimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo levels of adjustment. Physical adjustment is done via the precision notched valve that controls the water level in the reaction chamber — raise the level for wetter skimming, lower for drier skimming. Smart adjustment is done via the ReefBeat app where you configure the DC pump intensity and the Self-Leveling sensitivity threshold. The combination of both gives you total control over the quality and quantity of foam produced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the RSK 900 DC fit in my sump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is 29 x 27 cm (11.4 x 10.6 in) or 32 x 24 cm (12.6 x 9.4 in) depending on the orientation chosen from the 3 assembly options. This is the largest skimmer in the range — measure your skimming chamber and water height (20-24 cm recommended, deeper than the 300 and 600 DC). In REEFER 625+ and 750+ sumps, the RSK 900 DC is designed to integrate perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42713995411627,"sku":"RSR50510","price":1149.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/reefer-dc-skimmer-900.jpg?v=1775347406"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefato-reefer-upgrade-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefATO+ Reefer Upgrade Kit — 3-in-1 Smart ATO for REEFER Sumps","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefATO+ Reefer Upgrade Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is the same 3-in-1 system as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003efull ReefATO+\u003c\/a\u003e — auto top off, temperature monitor and leak detector connected to ReefBeat — in a version Red Sea offers to existing REEFER owners at a lower price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow it differs from the full system\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea describes it as a drop-in replacement for the stock gravity-fed float valve system of the REEFER: the sensor installs right where your float valve used to sit, in the bracket already built into the sump. That is why the kit does \u003cstrong\u003enot include the magnetic mounting bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e of the full system — your REEFER simply doesn't need it. Everything else is there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" title=\"Installing the Red Sea ReefATO+ at ReefSolution\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuto top offs have been around for years in this hobby. Red Sea did not invent the ATO — they took the concept, put their engineers on it, and genuinely improved it. If you already run a REEFER with the stock float valve, this kit is the cheapest way into the ReefATO+: same sensor, same pump, same alerts, without paying for a bracket you don't need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Red Sea improved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid-state titanium probe level sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e (EC technology): no float, no moving parts. The probes tell whether the level is above, below or at the target point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEach fill lands within a precise 3 mm band\u003c\/strong\u003e, keeping water volume and salinity stable (Red Sea data).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackup probes that only react while the pump is running\u003c\/strong\u003e: normal level swings — roller filters, return pump off — never trigger false alarms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic shutdowns\u003c\/strong\u003e: sensor disconnected, pump running too long, reservoir run dry, or leak detected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in thermometer pre-calibrated to 0.1°\u003c\/strong\u003e with a full log and alerts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC titanium probe leak detector\u003c\/strong\u003e (RO and seawater) that can even switch off ReefBeat-connected ReefRun pumps if a leak is found.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater level and temperature sensor with the install clip for the REEFER float valve bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 V DC variable-flow ATO pump (6–10 W, 300 lph \/ 75 gph, 2.5 m \/ 8' max head)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart ReefBeat controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeak detector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 m (10') silicone tubing with tube holder and syphon breaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included\u003c\/strong\u003e: the magnetic sensor mounting bracket (full system only — unnecessary on a REEFER)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSaltwater aquariums only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that the ReefATO+ EC probes require the electrical conductivity typical of seawater. This kit is not suitable for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003eFull Red Sea ReefATO+ 3-in-1\u003c\/a\u003e — the version with the magnetic bracket, for tanks that are not REEFERs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eRed Sea ReefCan 18 \u0026amp; 40\u003c\/a\u003e — the vertical reservoir built to hold the ReefATO+ syphon breaker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefato-ato-sensor\"\u003eReefATO+ replacement sensor\u003c\/a\u003e — genuine part R35622.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy your kit at ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe are an authorized Red Sea dealer. Our team in Laval runs the ReefATO+ on its own systems and can walk you through the install in your REEFER. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Reefer Upgrade Kit and the full ReefATO+?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the same 3-in-1 system. The kit simply omits the magnetic sensor bracket: on a REEFER, the sensor clips into the bracket of the stock float valve, which this kit replaces. Red Sea offers it at a lower price for REEFER owners. For any other tank, get the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefato-system\"\u003efull system\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit work in freshwater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea states the sensor needs the electrical conductivity of seawater: this is a saltwater-only kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42714003013803,"sku":"RSR35630","price":329.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/reefato-plus-reefer-kit.webp?v=1740938720"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefato-system","title":"Red Sea ReefATO+ 3-in-1 — Smart Auto Top Off ReefBeat Thermometer and Leak Detector","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefATO+\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 3-in-1 system: an auto top off (ATO) that automatically replaces evaporated water to keep your volume and salinity stable, a fully featured digital temperature monitor, and a leak detector — all connected to the ReefBeat app. It ships as standard equipment on every REEFER G3 aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" title=\"Installing the Red Sea ReefATO+ at ReefSolution\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuto top offs have been around for years in this hobby. Red Sea did not invent the ATO — they took the concept, put their engineers on it, and genuinely improved it: titanium probes with no moving parts instead of a float, a calibrated thermometer and a leak detector built into the same device, with alerts on your phone. We run it on our own systems at the store — the video above is us installing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Red Sea improved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid-state titanium probe level sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e (multi-input EC technology): no float, no moving part to stick or foul.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackup pump-off probes\u003c\/strong\u003e placed 2.5 cm (1\") above the normal probe: if the level rises too far, the fill still shuts down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFail-safe shutdown\u003c\/strong\u003e if the pump runs too long, with a ReefBeat notification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in digital thermometer pre-calibrated to 0.1°\u003c\/strong\u003e: full log plus high and low temperature alerts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC titanium probe leak detector\u003c\/strong\u003e for RO and seawater, with an optional audible alarm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e28-day ReefBeat history\u003c\/strong\u003e: hourly fills, volume added, and minimum, maximum and average temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/NFrsZi1ZDqs\" title=\"The 3-in-1 ReefATO+ — official Red Sea video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (manufacturer data)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevel sensor: slim-line, multi-input titanium probes, EC technology, with a built-in digital thermometer accurate to 0.1°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eATO pump: variable flow, serviceable, 6–10 W, 4.5 cm (1.8\") diameter — described by Red Sea as quiet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax flow: 300 lph (75 gph) — max head: 2.5 m (8')\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeak detector: REEF-SPEC titanium probes for RO and seawater, ReefBeat notifications with optional audible alarm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlerts: temperature out of range, leak detected, reservoir run dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer warranty: 2 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater level and temperature sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 V DC ATO pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart ReefBeat controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeak detector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic sensor mount for glass up to 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 m silicone tube with tube holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSyphon breaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSaltwater aquariums only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that the ReefATO+ EC probes require the electrical conductivity that is typical of seawater. This system is not suitable for freshwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefato-reefer-upgrade-kit\"\u003eReefATO+ Reefer Upgrade Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — already own a REEFER? Red Sea offers the same system without the magnetic bracket, at a lower price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eRed Sea ReefCan 18 \u0026amp; 40\u003c\/a\u003e — the vertical reservoir built to hold the ReefATO+ syphon breaker and slide into your cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefato-ato-sensor\"\u003eReefATO+ replacement sensor\u003c\/a\u003e — genuine part R35622 if your sensor ever needs replacing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-ato-float-valve-for-max-e-s-and-reefer\"\u003eRed Sea ATO float valve\u003c\/a\u003e — to automatically shut off the RO fill of your reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy your ReefATO+ at ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe are an authorized Red Sea dealer. Our team in Laval runs the ReefATO+ on its own systems and can walk you through installation and ReefBeat setup. Shipping across Canada.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ReefATO+ work in freshwater?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea states the sensor requires the electrical conductivity of seawater: the ReefATO+ is designed for saltwater aquariums only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the ReefATO+ monitor besides the water level?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo more aquarium health indicators: temperature (digital thermometer pre-calibrated to 0.1°, with a full log and alerts) and leaks (external titanium probe detector). Everything runs through the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich water reservoir should I use with the ReefATO+?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny RO water container can work, but the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e was designed specifically for it: it holds the syphon breaker and slides vertically into the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42714003996843,"sku":"RSR35610","price":369.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/reefato-plus-system.jpg?v=1740947427"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefrun-9000-dc-pump","title":"Red Sea ReefRun 9000 — DC Return Pump 4000-9000 L\/h ReefBeat Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefRun 9000\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most powerful of Red Sea's first-generation DC return pumps: 4,000 to 9,000 L\/h (1,000 to 2,500 gph) with a maximum head of 7.0 m (23 ft), on just 30 to 95 W. It's the pump for large REEFER systems and installations where the sump sits far below the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant: the ReefRun Dual Controller is required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe official Red Sea manual is clear: first-generation ReefRun pumps \u003cstrong\u003ecan only be used when connected to a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-dual-dc-pump-control\"\u003eReefRun Dual Controller\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, sold separately. One controller runs up to 2 devices — two ReefRun pumps, a REEFER DC Skimmer, or a combination of both — and brings them into the ReefBeat app over Wi-Fi: customized daily schedules, feed and maintenance scenarios, and automatic safety shutdown if the pump runs dry or the impeller stalls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow: 4,000 to 9,000 L\/h (1,000 to 2,500 gph)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHead: 2.6 to 7.0 m (8.5 to 23 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 30 to 95 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutlet: 1\" GAS male\/female thread · 1⅜\" GAS threaded rings · 1⅜\" inlet grid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied fittings: hose barbs for 25\/32 mm (1\" \/ 1¼\") tubing plus connectors for 25 mm (¾\") and 32 mm (1\") rigid PVC pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for fully submerged installation in the sump (fittings supplied); external installation possible with additional fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable outlet, adjustable inlet flow guide, extra-long cable with the connector close to the pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaintenance, per the manufacturer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean regularly to remove organic and calcium carbonate deposits: pull the outlet chamber retainer ring, remove the impeller assembly, rinse and brush with a soft brush, and soak in a slightly acidic solution such as diluted vinegar if needed (remove O-rings and rubber feet first). The impeller shaft has a very strong magnet — hold it firmly and protect the ceramic bearing at the bottom of the chamber. Complete impeller (R35571), lower bearing and power supply (R33577) are available as spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReefRun 9000 or ReefRun G2?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 9000 is the natural choice to complete or replace a pump on a system already running a ReefRun Dual Controller. For a new installation, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2\u003c\/a\u003e runs standalone without a Dual Controller and uses less power per litre pumped: per the manufacturer's measurements at 125 cm, the G2 8000 delivers the same real-world flow as the 9000 with 27% less electricity. We'd rather tell you before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe run the ReefRuns — I have one in my own REEFER 525 G3 at home. Red Sea doesn't invent pumps: they take an existing product and, with their big R\u0026amp;D team, they improve it and chase down the things that were missing. Well designed, well thought out, easy to clean, with plenty of protection and notifications if it ever goes down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Canada, with French and English support and in-store pickup in Laval. Shipping across Canada. Related products: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-dual-dc-pump-control\"\u003eReefRun Dual Controller\u003c\/a\u003e (required for this pump) and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 range\u003c\/a\u003e for a standalone installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the controller included with the ReefRun 9000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Red Sea manual states that first-generation ReefRun pumps only work connected to a ReefRun Dual Controller, sold separately. One controller does run 2 devices — if you already have a REEFER DC Skimmer, your existing controller probably has a free port.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the ReefRun 9000 and the ReefRun G2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G2 runs on its own with a built-in Flow Controller, while the 9000 requires the Dual Controller. At equivalent real-world flow, the G2 8000 uses 27% less electricity per the official measurements at 125 cm of head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat spare parts exist for the ReefRun 9000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes the parts in the manual: impeller with ceramic shaft and O-ring (R35571), lower bearing with removal tool (R33583), outlet chamber (R35589), outlet fitting set (R35564), flow guide (R35565), controller cable (R35563) and power supply (R33577).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42714029097131,"sku":"RSR251920","price":458.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/ReefRun-pump-saltwateraq-29100-1-3-e1680720114460.webp?v=1704473583"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-350-g3","title":"Red Sea REEFER 350 G3 — Rimless 90.3 gal Reef Aquarium on a 47 in Footprint","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eREEFER 350 G3\u003c\/strong\u003e is our best-selling Red Sea system, and its spot in the lineup explains a lot: a 47.2 in (120 cm) viewing pane, 90.3 gal (342 L) of total volume, and it is the last \u003cstrong\u003erimless\u003c\/strong\u003e model as you move up the series — from the 425 onward, Red Sea switches to Euro-brace construction. If you want the big saltwater display with nothing framing the glass, this is where the road ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Red Sea publishes for this model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 342 L (90.3 gal US)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 273 L (72.1 gal US)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn-cabinet sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 69 L (18.2 gal US)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 × 50 × 53 cm (47.2 × 19.7 × 20.9 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm (55.1 in), excluding the light unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e front 12 mm (0.5 in) · sides 15 mm (0.6 in) · bottom 12 mm (0.5 in) · back 12 mm (0.5 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRim type:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless, beveled edges, no bracing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine-spec plywood with leveling feet, white or black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery number above comes from Red Sea's published spec table and its MyREEFER configurator, both re-read while building this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing between the 350 and the 425\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth share the same 120 cm frontage and the same cabinet height. What separates them is depth and structure: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-425-g3\"\u003eREEFER 425 G3\u003c\/a\u003e adds 10 cm of depth (60 cm instead of 50) and 91 L of volume, but does it with a Euro-brace ring around the top of the tank. The 350 keeps a fully open top with no frame in your line of sight. Going the other way, if the budget is tighter, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-250-g3\"\u003eREEFER 250 G3\u003c\/a\u003e keeps the rimless formula on a 90 cm footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWeight, flooring and clearances\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea rates the complete system in operation at \u003cstrong\u003e530 kg (1,170 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e over a 120 cm footprint, and the series manual asks you to confirm the floor under the system is rated for that load before setup. The empty glass tank alone weighs \u003cstrong\u003e64 kg (140 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e — plan for enough people to lift it onto the cabinet safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave at least 10 cm (4 in) behind the tank for cables and airflow, and about 60 cm (24 in) clear on one side to reach the back. The cabinet top sits roughly 86 cm (34 in) off the floor. Red Sea recommends a stable room around 22°C (72°F), away from direct sun and HVAC vents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe ReefATO+ top-off system, included with the tank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery REEFER G3 ships with the ReefATO+: a level sensor in the pump chamber, temperature probe and leak detection, all connected to the ReefBeat app. It replaces evaporated water automatically and keeps salinity steady between visits. Here is how it installs, filmed at our shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" title=\"Installing the Red Sea ReefATO+ on a REEFER G3 reef aquarium\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the ReefATO+ does not include:\u003c\/strong\u003e the reservoir. The series manual states it plainly — REEFER G3 systems ship without a container for top-off water. A jug in the cabinet works, but a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e uses the equipment space better and refills without taking anything apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe setup Red Sea sizes for a 350\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn its official configurator, this is what the manufacturer identifies as the right sizing for this volume — not our suggestion, their own answer:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 115\u003c\/a\u003e — two units, because a 47 in pane will not light evenly under a single fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-25\"\u003eReefWave 25\u003c\/a\u003e pumps in opposition for circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 6000\u003c\/a\u003e (3,600–6,500 L\/h · 950–1,700 gph) as the return pump — also the model the series manual recommends for the 350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-600dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRSK 600 DC\u003c\/a\u003e, the size Red Sea flags as best for an SPS reef at this volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e in place of filter socks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNothing forces you to buy it all at once or stay within one brand. But when someone asks what size gear a 350 needs, that list is the manufacturer's own answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDownflow, sump and routine maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface water passes the removable combs of the surface skimmer into the overflow box, then drops through a flow-regulated main downpipe backed by a secondary bypass pipe. The precision gate valve on the main downpipe holds the overflow water level between the two intakes: set correctly, it removes the noise of water flowing down to the sump — if you can hear it, it needs adjusting. Here is Red Sea's own walkthrough of that valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/KRltaSxVQc4\" title=\"Red Sea ReefGate precision valve on REEFER G3 reef tanks\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDown in the sump, water runs through the mechanical stage — 225 micron filter bags or media cups, your choice, with at least three sets of bags in rotation recommended. To move to a ReefMat, you pull the filter-bag tray and the removable divider wall without replacing the sump. A bubble-trap labyrinth with a coarse sponge protects the pump chamber, and that constant-level chamber is where the ReefATO+ takes its reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIndependent reviews\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo independent looks at this exact tank from the Aquarium Butler channel — a first review at setup, then an update after four months of running it:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/JAXaprr5TXE\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER 350 G3 independent review\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/9wbn1v3b4ts\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER 350 G3 independent update after four months\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REEFER 350 is our biggest seller, and it is not our biggest seller for nothing. It is the right pick when you want room for a real variety of fish while staying reasonable on budget. It will make you happy — and your family too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a beautiful family hobby: you gather around the aquarium, spend good time together, come by the shop to pick fish as a family. These are the things that bring kids closer to nature, and it is a wonderful education for them — a great pastime that brings everyone together at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e— Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuild the project at your own pace\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNobody buys a complete reef in one order, and that is perfectly normal. Write to us or stop by the shop in Laval with your plan and your budget: we will build the configuration together, putting first what needs to be there from day one. It is part of the service, and it costs nothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base warranty is 3 years worldwide. Canada is among the countries where registering the system within 90 days of purchase extends coverage to 5 years at no charge. It covers the glass aquarium and the cabinet, applies to the original owner only, and requires proof of purchase. Devices supplied with the system, including the ReefATO+, carry their own warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Red Sea retailer: warranty handled with direct manufacturer support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in Laval, QC: REEFER systems assembled and running, to see before you buy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivery across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal after-sales service, in both languages, from people who run reef tanks at home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003eRO\/DI unit\u003c\/a\u003e to make your own water, and a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003enet cover\u003c\/a\u003e if jumpy species are on your stocking list for an open-top tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gallons is the Red Sea REEFER 350 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e342 L total, which is 90.3 US gallons per Red Sea's official configurator. The display tank alone holds 273 L (72.1 gal US) and the sump 69 L (18.2 gal US).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the exact dimensions of the REEFER 350 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display tank measures 120 × 50 × 53 cm (47.2 × 19.7 × 20.9 in). With the cabinet, the system stands 140 cm (55.1 in) tall, excluding the light unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat return pump does a REEFER 350 G3 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe series manual recommends one ReefRun G2 6000 (3,600–6,500 L\/h · 950–1,700 gph), and the MyREEFER configurator selects the same model for this tank. The return pump is not included with the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does a full REEFER 350 G3 weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea rates the complete running system at 530 kg (1,170 lb) over a 120 cm footprint, and the manual asks you to confirm floor capacity before setup. The empty glass tank weighs 64 kg (140 lb).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the REEFER 350 G3 rimless?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — and it is the largest rimless model in the series. From the 425 up, Red Sea moves to Euro-brace construction. The 350 pairs the 47 in pane with a fully open, frameless top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many lights do I need on a REEFER 350 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies two ReefLED G2 115 units for this model, both in its spec table and in its configurator. A single fixture leaves the ends of a 47 in tank under-lit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42824779497643,"sku":"R45140","price":4199.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42824779563179,"sku":"R45139","price":4199.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20250827-a4be552e4aa7a52a71299343d4a76918.png?v=1785258466"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-250-g3","title":"Red Sea REEFER 250 G3 — Rimless 65 gal Reef Aquarium on a 35.4 in Footprint","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eREEFER 250 G3\u003c\/strong\u003e sits at a very deliberate point in Red Sea's line-up: a 90 cm (35.4 in) front pane, 245 L of total volume, and enough length for fish to actually swim rather than circle. It is the size that settles the argument between the project you want and the space you really have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Red Sea publishes for this model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 245 L (65 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 203 L (53.6 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42 L (11.1 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 × 50 × 53 cm (35.4 × 19.7 × 20.9 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm (55.1 in), excluding the light unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e front 12 mm (0.5 in) · sides 12 mm (0.5 in) · bottom 12 mm (0.5 in) · back 10 mm (0.4 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRim type:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless, no internal brace, bevelled edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine-grade plywood on adjustable feet, white or black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo corrections against figures circulating elsewhere: the tank is 90 cm long, not 100, and the display volume is 203 L. Everything above comes from the specification table published by the manufacturer and from its MyREEFER tool, both read while this page was being built.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the 250 differs from the 200\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth share a cabinet height, a 42 L sump and the same recommended return pump. Geometry is what separates them: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-200-g3\"\u003eREEFER 200 G3\u003c\/a\u003e is a deep 60 cm square, while the 250 stretches to 90 cm across at only 50 cm deep. For a similar volume the 250 gives a more panoramic view, an easier aquascape to compose, and a genuine swimming lane. That geometry is also why Red Sea specifies two light units on the 250 against one on the 200.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/KRltaSxVQc4\" title=\"Red Sea ReefGate high precision valve on the REEFER G3 reef aquarium\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWeight, floors and clearances\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea rates the running system at \u003cstrong\u003e380 kg (838 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e spread over a 90 cm footprint. The empty tank on its own weighs \u003cstrong\u003e55 kg (121 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e: a two-person lift at minimum, and both of them need to be able to finish the carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow at least 10 cm (3.9 in) between wall and tank for cabling and airflow, plus roughly 60 cm (23.6 in) clear on each side so you can reach behind when work is needed. The cabinet top lands about 86 cm (33.9 in) above the floor. Red Sea suggests holding the room near 22 °C (71.6 °F), away from direct sunlight and air-conditioning vents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe ReefATO+ comes with the tank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery REEFER G3 ships with the ReefATO+: level sensor, temperature probe and leak detector, all reporting to the ReefBeat app. It replaces evaporated water and stops salinity from creeping up between visits. Here is the install, filmed at our store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" title=\"Installing the Red Sea ReefATO+ on a REEFER 250 G3 reef aquarium\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the ReefATO+ does not bring:\u003c\/strong\u003e the reservoir. REEFER G3 systems ship without any top-off water container — the series manual states it outright. So it needs a source: a jug in the cabinet works, while a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan 18 or 40\u003c\/a\u003e uses the available space better and refills without dismantling half the stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe build Red Sea itself puts on a 250\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory-assembled REEFER MAX 250 G3 contains exactly this — the manufacturer's own sizing for this volume, not a shop suggestion:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 115\u003c\/a\u003e — two units, because 90 cm of front glass does not light evenly from one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-25\"\u003eReefWave 25\u003c\/a\u003e (7,500 L\/h · 1,981 gph each), mounted opposing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 4000\u003c\/a\u003e (2,000–4,000 L\/h · 530–1,060 gph) as the return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-300dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRSK 300 DC\u003c\/a\u003e (water 1,000 L\/h · 264 gph, air 500 L\/h · 132 gph)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250\"\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/a\u003e in place of the filter sock drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo obligation to buy it all at once, and none to stay inside one brand. But when someone asks what size they need, that list is the manufacturer's answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo independent owner videos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese two come from an independent hobbyist channel, not from Red Sea and not from us — an unboxing and build, then a full update two months in on the same tank. They are the closest thing to seeing the system in a real home before you buy one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/y3JOPk6njvI\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER 250 G3 reef aquarium unboxing and setup — independent owner video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/EiMTvZ_tZww\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER 250 G3 two month update and review — independent owner video\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDownflow, sump and routine upkeep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface water leaves through removable combs into the overflow chamber, then drops through a main pipe metered by the \u003cstrong\u003eReefGate\u003c\/strong\u003e, the high-precision valve fitted as standard on G3 systems. A second pipe serves as the safety line. Dialled in, the downflow runs very quietly; left rough, it sings. Red Sea also widened the pipe inlet into a rectangle, which breaks up the turbulence that causes the noise, and claims up to 50% more circulation on the G3 generation thanks to the new pipework.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelow, water passes the mechanical filtration module — 225 micron socks or media cups. Red Sea suggests three sets of socks in rotation, which keeps washing off the critical path. The whole module pulls out to accept a ReefMat with no sump modification. A baffle and sponge trap bubbles ahead of the return pump, and it is that constant-level chamber the ReefATO+ measures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REEFER 250 is a strong seller, and it is not a strong seller by accident. It is the right compromise: enough room to keep a wider variety of fish while staying reasonable on budget. These tanks are easy to handle, they do not eat the room, and the weight stays manageable — it works on most floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThen there is the side of it people talk about less. This is a beautiful family hobby. Everyone gathers around the tank, you spend good time together, you come down to the store and pick fish as a family. Those are the things that bring children closer to nature, and it is a wonderful education for them. A tank like this one will make you and your family happy — it is a fine way to bring everybody together at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e— Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding the project at your own pace\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNobody buys a complete reef in a single order, and that is entirely normal. Write to us or come to the Laval store with your project and your budget: we set out the configuration that suits you, prioritising what has to be there on day one and letting the rest follow later. It is part of the service, and it costs nothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBase coverage runs 3 years worldwide. Canada is among the countries where registering within 90 days of purchase extends it to 5 years at no cost. It covers the glass tank and the cabinet, applies to the first owner only, and requires proof of purchase. Devices supplied with the system, including the ReefATO+, fall under their own warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Red Sea retailer: warranty claims handled with direct factory support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in Laval, Quebec: REEFER systems set up and running, to see before you buy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal after-sales help, in both languages, from people who run reef tanks themselves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003eRO\/DI unit\u003c\/a\u003e to make your own water at home, and a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003enet cover\u003c\/a\u003e if jumpers are on your stock list for an open-top tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gallons is the Red Sea REEFER 250 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e245 L for the complete system, or 65 US gallons according to Red Sea's own configurator. The display tank alone holds 203 L (53.6 US gal) and the sump 42 L (11.1 US gal).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the exact dimensions of the REEFER 250 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank measures 90 × 50 × 53 cm (35.4 × 19.7 × 20.9 in). With the cabinet, the whole system stands 140 cm (55.1 in) tall, before adding a light unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many lights does a REEFER 250 G3 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea specifies two ReefLED G2 115 units for this model, and that is what goes into its own REEFER MAX 250 G3. A single fixture leaves the ends of a 90 cm front pane underlit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a REEFER 250 G3 a good reef tank for a family?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is one of the most popular sizes for exactly that. The volume supports a varied population without turning into an expert-only project, and routine upkeep is easy to share. Read our advice above — it is the question we field most often in store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does a REEFER 250 G3 weigh when full?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea rates the complete running system at 380 kg (838 lb) over a 90 cm footprint. The empty tank on its own is 55 kg (121 lb).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I buy the 200 or the 250?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a question of shape as much as volume. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-200-g3\"\u003e200 G3\u003c\/a\u003e is deeper and narrower; the 250 is longer and shallower. The 250 adds 45 L and a 90 cm front pane, which changes both the aquascape and how the fish use the space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42824772747435,"sku":"R45126","price":3599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42824772780203,"sku":"R45125","price":3599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20250608-e6a31dc1b44722e105a3d5bed958a33a.png?v=1785122403"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-425-g3","title":"Red Sea REEFER 425 G3 — 114 Gal Euro-Brace Reef Aquarium 47 in with ReefATO+","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea REEFER 425 G3 takes the same 47-inch footprint as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-350-g3\"\u003eREEFER 350 G3\u003c\/a\u003e and pushes it 4 inches deeper: 60 cm front to back instead of 50. That adds 70 litres of display water without claiming any extra wall space, and gives your aquascape real three-dimensional room to work with. It is also the first model in the lineup built with a Euro-brace frame and 15 mm side glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Stéphane walk through the auto top-off install on his own system — the same ReefATO+ kit that ships with the 425:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen title=\"Installing the Red Sea ReefATO+ by ReefSolution\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial REEFER 425 G3 specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 433 L (114.4 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 343 L (90.6 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn-cabinet sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 × 60 × 55 cm (47 in long)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front, bottom and back; 15 mm sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRim type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-brace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 690 kg (1520 lb) — glass tank alone: 95 kg (210 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet top sits 86 cm (34 in) off the floor per the manufacturer. Red Sea calls for 10 cm (4 in) of clearance behind the system and 60 cm (24 in) on one side for access, in a room held at a stable 22 °C (72 °F).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen title=\"The REEFER G3 series by Red Sea\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Euro-brace at this size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 60 cm deep and 433 L, Red Sea reinforces the structure with a Euro-brace frame and 15 mm glass on the sides. The brace reads as a thin band along the top edge — the viewing panel stays wide open while overall rigidity goes up. The downpipe carries the high-precision ReefGate valve, which sets the water level in the overflow box for a steady, controlled flow down to the sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box — and what isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Euro-brace glass tank, the marine-grade plywood cabinet with adjustable feet, the ReefMat-ready REEF-SPEC sump with 225-micron mechanical filtration, the internal plumbing kit with ReefGate valve, and the ReefATO+ kit for evaporation top-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the return pump, lighting, protein skimmer, wave pumps — and the top-off water reservoir. Red Sea states it plainly: G3 systems ship without a reservoir for the ATO. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e was designed for exactly that job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea's published MAX configuration for the 425\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe official MyREEFER configurator recommends for this model: 2 units of \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 115 or 170\u003c\/a\u003e for lighting, 1 \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 6000\u003c\/a\u003e return pump (3600–6500 lph), the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-600dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eREEFER Skimmer 600\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e both flagged \"Best size for SPS\", plus 2 \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45\"\u003eReefWave 45\u003c\/a\u003e wave pumps. At 433 L total, the system lands squarely within the ReefMat 500's rated range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlan for these as well\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn RO\/DI unit for top-off and mixing water, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e as the ReefATO+ reservoir, and a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003eNet Cover screen kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you keep jumpers. Red Sea suggests keeping at least 3 sets of 225-micron filter socks in rotation. Need more length? The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-525-g3\"\u003eREEFER 525 G3\u003c\/a\u003e stretches the same platform to 59 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REEFER 425 G3 is the 350's big brother: same length, but a much wider three-dimensional sense of depth — and for swimming room and the size of fish you can keep, that changes things. At this size, the Euro-brace is no longer optional: it stiffens the tank. And honestly, you barely see it — just a thin black line along the top. Red Sea's Euro-braces are so well made you forget they're there. Always run an RO\/DI unit when you set up your aquarium: RO water is the foundation of a healthy tank, and we strongly recommend it. All of that comes with the 5-year warranty and the support behind it. And remember: when you buy an aquarium from us, we call you, we help you, and if you have questions, we're always there to back you up — a reef tank takes knowledge, and that comes with time and good support. — Stéphane\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eREEFER G3 systems carry a standard 3-year warranty. Register your aquarium on Red Sea's website within 90 days of purchase and you receive 2 more years — 5 years total — at no charge. Canada is on the list of eligible countries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Quebec. Secure delivery across Canada. Guidance before and after the sale from a team that runs its own reef tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the REEFER 350 G3 and the REEFER 425 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are 120 cm (47 in) long. The 425 is 10 cm deeper (60 cm vs 50), which raises display volume from 273 to 343 L and total volume from 342 to 433 L. The 350 is rimless; the 425 moves to a Euro-brace frame with 15 mm sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the REEFER 425 G3 come with a return pump and skimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The system includes the tank, cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, plumbing with the ReefGate valve, and the ReefATO+ kit. Return pump, lighting, skimmer and flow are chosen separately to match your build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat return pump does the REEFER 425 G3 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe series manual recommends one ReefRun G2 6000, adjustable from 3600 to 6500 lph (950–1700 gph).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the ATO water reservoir included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The ReefATO+ kit is supplied, but the manufacturer specifies that G3 systems do not include a top-off reservoir. Red Sea's ReefCan fills that role inside or beside the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42824789590187,"sku":"R45147","price":5299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42824790245547,"sku":"R45146","price":5299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20250827-78ed184da77faf302a024f88807e29ee.png?v=1785263961"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-525-g3","title":"Red Sea REEFER 525 G3 — 142.7 gal Reef Aquarium on a 59 in Cabinet with ReefATO+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea REEFER 525 G3 — the 59-inch reef platform\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REEFER 525 G3 is the 142.7 gal US (540 L) system of Red Sea's third generation: a 59 in (150 cm) Euro-braced tank in 15 mm ultra-clear glass, a 30.6 gal US (116 L) REEF-SPEC sump that is ReefMat-ready out of the box, and the ReefATO+ auto top-off module included. It replaces the REEFER XL 525 of the G2+ generation — and it happens to be the reef tank we run ourselves at the store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's official introduction to the G3 series:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" title=\"The REEFER G3 series — official Red Sea overview\" loading=\"lazy\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOfficial manufacturer specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142.7 gal US (540 L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 111.7 gal US (423 L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn-cabinet sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30.6 gal US (116 L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 59 × 23.6 × 21.7 in (150 × 60 × 55 cm), height excluding light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55.9 in (142 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm on the front, sides, bottom and back panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRim type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro brace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet top height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34 in (86 cm) from the floor, per the series manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer-stated full system weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1875 lb (850 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass aquarium weight alone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 275 lb (125 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWeight, clearances and placement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe series manual calls for flooring rated to hold 1875 lb (850 kg) once the saltwater aquarium is running. Leave at least 4 in (10 cm) behind the cabinet for cables and chiller airflow, and 24 in (60 cm) between one side and the nearest wall for rear access. Red Sea recommends a stable room at 72 °F (22 °C), away from AC vents, heaters and direct sunlight. The glass tank alone weighs 275 lb (125 kg) — plan enough people to lift it onto the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sets the 525 G3 apart\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 525 is the entry point to the 59 in footprint in the straight REEFER line: enough length for a mature SPS reefscape in distinct zones without moving up to the 625's width and height. The G3 generation gives it 15 mm glass on every panel, hydrodynamic piping with a high-precision gate valve for quiet-running downflow, and a fortified plywood cabinet with a dedicated chiller and hardware chamber — a feature of the larger models in the series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box — and what is not\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the ultra-clear glass tank, the cabinet, the ReefMat-ready REEF-SPEC glass sump with optional refugium divider, the internal piping kit with return nozzle, and the complete ReefBeat-connected ReefATO+ system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, ReefMat, wave pumps — and the top-off reservoir: the series manual states plainly that REEFER G3 systems do not include a reservoir for the top-off water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's published MAX configuration for this model: \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2\u003c\/a\u003e lighting (3 × 115 or 2 × 170 units), a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 8000\u003c\/a\u003e return pump (1080–2200 gph \/ 4100–8300 L\/h) named for the 525 in the series manual, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-600dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRSK 600 DC skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e — the \"Best size for SPS\" pick in the MyREEFER configurator —, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e roller filter and two \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45\"\u003eReefWave 45\u003c\/a\u003e gyre pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlan for these as well\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSince no top-off reservoir ships with any G3, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e slides into the cabinet to feed the ReefATO+. To produce RO water for a 142.7 gal system, an RO\/DI unit such as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003eAquaticLife Classic 100 GPD\u003c\/a\u003e covers the need. And because this is an open-top reef tank, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003eRed Sea net cover\u003c\/a\u003e protects jumping species.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe REEF-SPEC sump, in detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater travels down the silent dual-intake downflow into a compact reception chamber, through the 225-micron filter bags, then into the constant-height skimmer chamber. A bubble-trap labyrinth with a coarse sponge guards the return pump compartment, where the ReefATO+ sensor holds a steady level. Installing a ReefMat only takes removing the filter-bag tray and the removable divider — no modification needed. The optional refugium wall splits the main chamber in two for hobbyists growing macroalgae and microfauna.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"The 525 G3 is the model we picked for our own home — Myma and me. I went back and forth between the 425 and the 525, but the 525 won my heart; the 625 was a bit more budget than we wanted. The 525 satisfies me one hundred percent. Of all the aquariums I have owned, it is the quietest — you do not hear it at all; compared to our old MAX Nano XXL, it is night and day — and the finish is impeccable, like every Red Sea. With five feet of length and real depth, I can keep the fish I want: I treated myself to tangs, which I love. We installed the ReefATO+ for peace of mind: it draws from a reservoir our RO\/DI unit refills automatically — the level takes care of itself. That said, be realistic: this is a big tank, it is heavy, it takes space and manpower. We lifted the tank onto the cabinet with two people, a friend and me, once the cabinet was built. If this is your first tank this size, you need a solid floor — it is an investment, but everyone who visits is blown away by the aquarium. We have had it for a good while now and our opinion has not changed. Like all Red Sea aquariums, shipping is a flat $100 rate anywhere in Canada, and you have our support at all times to help you.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e— Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5-year warranty in Canada\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eREEFER G3 systems carry a 3-year warranty, and the original purchaser can extend it to 5 years at no charge by registering the system with Red Sea within 90 days of purchase — Canada is one of the eligible markets. The extension covers the structural integrity of the glass tank and cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe are an authorized Red Sea dealer with a store in Laval, Québec, and we run the gear we sell — starting with this very tank. Secure shipping across Canada. Considering a 47 in footprint instead? Have a look at the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-350-g3\"\u003eREEFER 350 G3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ — Red Sea REEFER 525 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes with the REEFER 525 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 15 mm ultra-clear glass tank, the cabinet, the ReefMat-ready REEF-SPEC sump, the internal piping kit and the ReefATO+ auto top-off system. Lighting, return pump, skimmer and flow pumps are chosen separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat return pump does the REEFER 525 G3 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe series manual recommends one ReefRun G2 8000 (1080–2200 gph \/ 4100–8300 L\/h) for this model — the same pump running on our own 525 G3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a top-off reservoir included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The series manual states that REEFER G3 systems do not include a reservoir for the top-off water. Red Sea's ReefCan is built for that exact job and fits inside the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does a full REEFER 525 G3 weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states 1875 lb (850 kg) for the complete system filled with water. Check your floor rating before setup — the glass tank alone weighs 275 lb (125 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42824807841963,"sku":"R45156","price":5999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42824808431787,"sku":"R45155","price":5999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20250827-2e78dac1347c3dd65ce09ca3312c2dbf.png?v=1785266719"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-500-g3","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 — Euro-Braced 137 Gal Peninsula Reef Tank Room Divider","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete \u003cstrong\u003e519 L \/ 137.1 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e peninsula reef tank built to stand in the middle of a room, one end against the wall, with two long views of the reef. The display measures \u003cstrong\u003e125 cm long — 49.2\" per Red Sea — by 63.5 cm wide by 60 cm tall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with all filtration gathered at one end. New to this generation: the 500 now carries a \u003cstrong\u003eEuro-brace\u003c\/strong\u003e, a change Red Sea itself flags as new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" title=\"ReefATO+ auto top-off explained by ReefSolution\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilmed at our store: the ReefATO+ that ships standard with every Peninsula G3, and how it keeps the water level steady day after day. This is the exact unit that will run inside the 500's cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" title=\"Red Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 room divider reef tank overview\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe official numbers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery figure below is taken from the specification table Red Sea publishes for this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal system water volume: \u003cstrong\u003e519 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — \u003cstrong\u003e137.1 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank volume: \u003cstrong\u003e412 L — 108.8 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSump volume: \u003cstrong\u003e106.6 L — 28.2 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank length: \u003cstrong\u003e125 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e — \u003cstrong\u003e49.2\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank width: \u003cstrong\u003e63.5 cm — 25\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank height: \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm — 23.6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e (excluding the light unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal system height: \u003cstrong\u003e160 cm — 63\"\u003c\/strong\u003e (excluding the light unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear front, side, bottom and back glass: \u003cstrong\u003e15 mm — 0.6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim type: \u003cstrong\u003eEuro-brace\u003c\/strong\u003e — new to the G3 generation on this model\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydrodynamic piping with ReefGate valve — new to the G3 generation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet: fortified plywood, with a dedicated chiller and hardware chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWeight, height and the space it needs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the REEFER G3 series manual Red Sea publishes. They appear on no product page, and they are the ones that decide whether this saltwater aquarium fits your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal system weight once filled: \u003cstrong\u003e761 kg — 1,678 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass tank alone, to be lifted onto the cabinet: \u003cstrong\u003e121 kg — 267 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight of the cabinet top: \u003cstrong\u003e100 cm — 40\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Standard REEFER models sit at 86 cm (34\"), so the Peninsula stands 14 cm taller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance behind the tank: \u003cstrong\u003e10 cm — 4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e minimum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended clearance on one side: \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm — 24\"\u003c\/strong\u003e, for access to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended room temperature: \u003cstrong\u003e22 °C — 72 °F\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea presents these weights as approximate values in its manual. The 1,678 lb sits on the cabinet footprint, not spread across the room: it is the number to hand a contractor or an inspector if the tank is going on an upper floor of a wood-framed house. On a basement concrete slab the question does not arise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Euro-brace: what changed with the G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe previous generation of the Peninsula 500 was a rimless tank. On the G3, Red Sea fits the 500 with a \u003cstrong\u003eEuro-brace\u003c\/strong\u003e and presents the change as a new feature of the model. The top stays open — the brace runs along the perimeter, with no lid and no canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a fully rimless display is what you are after, it exists within the same range: the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-peninsula-350-g3\"\u003ePeninsula 350 G3\u003c\/a\u003e is the only rimless Peninsula of the G3 generation — a shorter 96 cm format and a 352 L system. Between the two, the 500 adds 29 cm (11.4\") of length and 167 L (44.1 gal) of volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs with any open-top reef aquarium, nothing stops a fish that decides to jump. Red Sea builds a framed \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003eAquarium Net Cover\u003c\/a\u003e for exactly this situation, cut to fit an open-top display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included, and what is not\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peninsula 500 G3 is sold as a foundation rather than a turnkey system. Red Sea includes the \u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+\u003c\/strong\u003e, its smart top-off unit that holds water volume and salinity steady, monitors temperature and detects leaks. The glass display, the glass sump, the complete plumbing and the cabinet come with the tank as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot\u003c\/strong\u003e included: lighting, circulation, return pump, protein skimmer and automatic mechanical filtration. Red Sea also sells this exact tank as a fully equipped MAX system, and publishes the hardware it installs itself. That list is the best available reference when you spec your own build:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting: 2 x \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 170\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCirculation: 2 x \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45\"\u003eReefWave 45\u003c\/a\u003e (15,000 lph — 3,963 gph)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump: 1 x \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 8000\u003c\/a\u003e (4,100-8,300 lph — 1,080-2,200 gph) — also the model Red Sea recommends for the Peninsula 500 in its series manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkimmer: \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-600dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRSK DC 600\u003c\/a\u003e (water flow 1,500 lph — 396 gph, air flow 750 lph — 198 gph)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical filtration: \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou are free to build it differently, but this tells you exactly what class of hardware the manufacturer considers right for this water volume — a step up from the 350 on lighting, return pump and ReefMat alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo things nobody plans for before delivery day\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefATO+ comes with the tank, but \u003cstrong\u003eits top-off reservoir does not\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea says so word for word in its series manual. You need a supply of RO water in the cabinet or beside it, and that is precisely what the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e is for: a tall, narrow canister that fits wherever floor space is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd that water has to come from somewhere. On a 519 L system, water changes and automatic top-off draw RO water every single week. A \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003e100 GPD RO\/DI unit\u003c\/a\u003e makes 380 L — 100 gal a day at home. It is not mandatory, but it pays for itself quickly once you stop hauling jugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSump, ReefGate and the return outlets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 106.6 L sump includes a mechanical filtration compartment — \u003cstrong\u003e225 micron\u003c\/strong\u003e filter socks and media cups — that lifts out completely. That is what makes the tank ReefMat-ready: you can move to a fleece roller filter later without modifying the sump. Red Sea advises keeping at least three sets of filter socks in rotation. The cabinet also reserves a chamber for a chiller and the rest of your hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the downflow, every G3 gets the \u003cstrong\u003eReefGate\u003c\/strong\u003e, a high-precision gate valve Red Sea developed for fine flow adjustment; properly set, it removes the noise of water flowing down to the sump, according to the manufacturer. On the return side, the Peninsula uses a \u003cstrong\u003edual-outlet return\u003c\/strong\u003e — which matters when you need to push flow across a 125 cm display fed from a single end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"My advice is always the same: get the biggest tank you can. It comes down to budget, yes — but the mistake I see most often is people buying slightly smaller because the difference doesn't seem that big. Then they regret it, they want to upgrade, and that is when it gets really expensive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs for the weight, be careful. Generally speaking, it takes a well-built house — or bring in a contractor. That is not something we can guarantee: it really depends on your construction.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e— Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peninsula 500 G3 carries a 3-year warranty. Red Sea extends it to 5 years at no extra cost if you register the aquarium within 90 days of purchase — Canada is one of the countries where this extension is offered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy it from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer based in Laval, Quebec. We ship large aquariums \u003cstrong\u003eanywhere in Canada for a flat 100 $ rate\u003c\/strong\u003e, wherever you are. Freight moves LTL: the truck drops the crate outside, and delivery does not include carrying the tank into the house or setting it up — plan your labour for that day. And you are not just buying a box: a REEFER bought from us comes with our guidance — we build \u003cstrong\u003ethe best system for your expectations and your budget\u003c\/strong\u003e with you, from setup to everything after.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gallons is the Peninsula 500 G3, exactly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends which number you count. Red Sea publishes \u003cstrong\u003e137.1 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e for the complete system, meaning display plus sump: 519 L. The display tank on its own holds \u003cstrong\u003e412 L (108.8 gal)\u003c\/strong\u003e — that is the volume some listings quote as 109 gallons. Both figures are correct; they simply measure different things.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan my floor take the Peninsula 500 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states \u003cstrong\u003e761 kg (1,678 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e for the complete system once filled. That is the number to give a contractor or an inspector if you are installing it on an upper floor of a wood-framed house. On a concrete slab the question does not arise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many people does it take to set up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass tank alone weighs \u003cstrong\u003e121 kg (267 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e according to Red Sea, and it has to be lifted onto the already-assembled cabinet. The manufacturer asks that you make sure you have the right number of people for the weight and size, and that the system is never moved once filled with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much room does it take up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea lists the Peninsula 500 G3 at \u003cstrong\u003e49.2\"\u003c\/strong\u003e, or 125 cm. Total system height including the cabinet is 160 cm (63\") excluding the light unit, and the tank is 63.5 cm (25\") wide. Allow 10 cm of clearance behind and 60 cm on one side for access to the back of the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Peninsula 500 G3 have a Euro-brace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — and it is new to this generation. Red Sea flags the Euro-brace on the Peninsula 500 as a new feature of the G3; the previous version was rimless. Within the current range, the only rimless Peninsula is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-peninsula-350-g3\"\u003ePeninsula 350 G3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat return pump does the Peninsula 500 G3 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea series manual recommends a \u003cstrong\u003eReefRun G2 8000\u003c\/strong\u003e (4,100-8,300 lph — 1,080-2,200 gph) for this model — the same pump Red Sea installs on the MAX version of this tank. It is sold separately, as is its ReefRun Dual controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 15 mm (0.6\") ultra-clear glass display with its Euro-brace, the 106.6 L (28.2 gal) glass sump, the plumbing with the ReefGate valve, the cabinet and the ReefATO+ system. Lighting, circulation, return pump, skimmer, ReefMat and the ReefATO+ top-off reservoir are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I put it against a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea designs the Peninsula as a room divider with two long views and filtration at one end. Against a wall, you pay for the second viewing side without using it — a standard REEFER does the job better, for less.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42824822915243,"sku":"RSR45222","price":5999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42824822948011,"sku":"RSR45221","price":5999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20250720-710345d0234567da823ccaed6c0c0b61.png?v=1785103933"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-s-700-g3","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 — Euro-Brace 186 gal Room Divider Reef Aquarium","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e705 L (186.2 US gal)\u003c\/strong\u003e peninsula reef tank — the S-series format of the Peninsula family. The display tank measures \u003cstrong\u003e151 cm long — 59.4\" per Red Sea — by 68 cm wide and 65 cm tall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with all filtration grouped at one end: set against the end of a wall, it divides the room and shows off the reef from both long sides. It is the first Peninsula in the line built with \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass\u003c\/strong\u003e, and it carries the aluminum super-structure and slide-out control panel that Red Sea reserves for its S series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" title=\"ReefATO+ auto top-off explained by ReefSolution\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn this video shot at our store, we walk through the ReefATO+ and how it keeps the water level rock-stable. The Peninsula S-700 ships with this exact system as standard — what you see here is what will run inside your cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Peninsula S-700 G3 numbers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery value below comes from Red Sea's published specification table and configurator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal system water volume: \u003cstrong\u003e705 L\u003c\/strong\u003e — \u003cstrong\u003e186.2 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank water volume: \u003cstrong\u003e568 L — 150.1 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-cabinet sump water volume: \u003cstrong\u003e136.7 L — 36.1 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank length: \u003cstrong\u003e151 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e — \u003cstrong\u003e59.4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank width: \u003cstrong\u003e68 cm — 26.8\"\u003c\/strong\u003e — display tank height: \u003cstrong\u003e65 cm — 25.6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e (excluding light unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal system height: \u003cstrong\u003e165 cm — 65\"\u003c\/strong\u003e (excluding light unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear low-iron glass, front, sides, bottom and back: \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm — 0.75\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim type: jet-black \u003cstrong\u003eEuro brace + bottom brace\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydrodynamic piping with the high-precision ReefGate valve — new on G3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet: aluminum super-structure, replaceable marine-spec plywood exterior panels, hidden adjustable feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel 60: included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" title=\"The REEFER Peninsula G3 line by Red Sea\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWeight, flooring and space planning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the REEFER G3 series manual. No product page shows them — yet they decide whether this saltwater aquarium can live in your home, especially at this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal system weight once filled: \u003cstrong\u003e1,087 kg — 2,397 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass tank alone, to be lifted onto the cabinet: \u003cstrong\u003e206 kg — 454 lb\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet top height: \u003cstrong\u003e100 cm — 40\"\u003c\/strong\u003e, versus 86 cm (34\") on straight REEFERs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance behind the tank: \u003cstrong\u003e10 cm — 4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e minimum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended clearance on one side: \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm — 24\"\u003c\/strong\u003e for rear access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended room temperature: \u003cstrong\u003e22°C — 72°F\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 2,397 lb filled, floor structure stops being a detail: that is the number to hand your contractor or an engineer if the reef tank is going on an upper floor of a wood-framed house. On a basement concrete slab, there is nothing to check. And a 454 lb glass tank is not a two-person lift — book your crew before installation day, because the system must never be moved once filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Euro brace and the 19 mm glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the Peninsula 350 — the only rimless model in the family — the S-700 gets the \u003cstrong\u003ejet-black top and bottom bracing\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea fits to its Peninsula 500, S-700 and S-950. The manufacturer describes it as an elegant frame built into the aquarium glass for extra strength, while keeping the view wide open on both long panes. Together with 19 mm ultra-clear glass on every face, that bracing is what lets Red Sea stretch this format to 151 cm and 705 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top stays open — nothing stops a startled fish from jumping. Red Sea makes a frame-mounted, trim-to-size \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003eNet Cover\u003c\/a\u003e for exactly this kind of open tank: order it with the aquarium if jumpy species are in your plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe slide-out control panel — an S-series exclusive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe S-700 ships with the \u003cstrong\u003eslide-out control panel 60\u003c\/strong\u003e, which Red Sea reserves for its S and Peninsula S series. It is a panel on rails inside the cabinet that pulls fully out so you can mount, wire and service controllers, power bars and ReefBeat modules — then slides back out of sight. On a system running a skimmer, a ReefMat, dosers and connected lighting, it is the difference between an organized cabinet and a nest of cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included — and what is not\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peninsula S-700 G3 is sold as a foundation to equip, not a turnkey system. Red Sea supplies the tank, the cabinet, the 136.7 L glass sump, the complete piping with ReefGate, the slide-out panel and the \u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+\u003c\/strong\u003e — its smart top-off system that stabilizes water volume and salinity, monitors temperature and detects leaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot\u003c\/strong\u003e included: lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, wavemakers and automatic mechanical filtration. Red Sea sells this same tank as a fully equipped MAX version and publishes exactly what it installs — the best reference there is for sizing your own build:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting: 3 x \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 170\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlow: 2 x \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45\"\u003eReefWave 45\u003c\/a\u003e (15,000 lph — 3,963 gph)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump: 1 x \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 12000\u003c\/a\u003e (5,000-12,000 lph — 1,300-3,200 gph) — also the model the series manual recommends for the PS-700\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkimmer: \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-900dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRSK 900 DC\u003c\/a\u003e (water flow 2,000 lph — 528 gph, air flow 900 lph — 238 gph)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical filtration: \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou are free to build differently — but this list tells you the calibre of equipment the manufacturer itself considers right for 705 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo things nobody plans for before delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefATO+ is included, but \u003cstrong\u003eits top-off water reservoir is not\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea states it word for word in the series manual. You need an RO water reserve near the cabinet, and that is the job of the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e, a vertical container designed to slide into whatever space is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat water also has to come from somewhere. A 705 L saltwater system consumes RO water every week between top-off and water changes — at this scale, hauling jugs gets old fast. An \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003eRO\/DI unit rated 100 GPD\u003c\/a\u003e makes 380 L — 100 gal a day right at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe sump, the ReefGate and the side returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 136.7 L sump includes a mechanical filtration compartment — \u003cstrong\u003e225-micron\u003c\/strong\u003e filter socks and media cups — that removes entirely. That is what makes the tank ReefMat-ready: the sock tray and divider wall come out to receive a roller filter, no modifications needed. Red Sea recommends keeping at least three sets of socks in rotation. An optional refugium wall can split the chamber into two sections, and a bubble-trap labyrinth guards the pump compartment inlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the drain, every G3 gets the \u003cstrong\u003eReefGate\u003c\/strong\u003e, Red Sea's high-precision gate valve for fine flow tuning: the manufacturer describes a down-flow system whose water noise disappears once the valve is properly set, pairing a regulated main downpipe with an emergency bypass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the return side, the Peninsula runs piping of its own: \u003cstrong\u003etwo curved, side-mounted outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped to push current all the way down the tank — a real challenge across 151 cm. One practical detail: the cabinet doors mount \u003cstrong\u003eon the left or the right\u003c\/strong\u003e, whichever side gives you the best sump access once the tank is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"With the Peninsula S-700 you're stepping into the major leagues: it's among the biggest aquariums we install, and it's still a peninsula — a true room divider. It's a collector's piece, stunning in a living room. When people walk into your home, the aquarium is what they look at — everything else fades. Young or old, everyone stops in front of it. A reef tank this size becomes the focal point of the whole room; it draws everyone's attention.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e— Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peninsula S-700 G3 is covered by a 3-year warranty on the glass aquarium and cabinet. Red Sea extends it to 5 years at no charge if you register the system within 90 days of purchase — Canada is on the list of eligible countries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Laval. We ship large aquariums \u003cstrong\u003eanywhere in Canada at a flat 100$ rate\u003c\/strong\u003e, whatever the province. Freight moves LTL — the truck drops the crate outside, and that is all: carrying the aquarium in and setting it up are not included, so have your labour on site the day it arrives. And a system of this calibre is not an anonymous box. Buying a system is easy; running it long term is another story. Buy your REEFER from us and we support you in building \u003cstrong\u003ethe best system for your expectations and your budget\u003c\/strong\u003e — equipment choices, setup, start-up and everything after. Shopping for a more compact peninsula aquarium? See the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-peninsula-500-g3\"\u003eReefer Peninsula 500 G3\u003c\/a\u003e (49.2\") or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-peninsula-350-g3\"\u003eReefer Peninsula 350 G3\u003c\/a\u003e (37.8\", the only rimless one).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gallons is the Peninsula S-700 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes \u003cstrong\u003e186.2 US gal\u003c\/strong\u003e for the complete system — tank plus sump, or 705 L. The display tank alone holds \u003cstrong\u003e568 L (150.1 gal)\u003c\/strong\u003e and the in-cabinet sump 136.7 L (36.1 gal). When two listings quote different gallons, check which of the two volumes they are measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan my floor support the Peninsula S-700 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea rates the complete filled system at \u003cstrong\u003e1,087 kg (2,397 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e. On an upper floor of a wood-framed house, that is the number to give a contractor or engineer before ordering. On a basement concrete slab, there is nothing to calculate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many people does the install take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass tank alone weighs \u003cstrong\u003e206 kg (454 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e per Red Sea, and it gets lifted onto the assembled cabinet. The manufacturer asks you to gather enough physically capable people for the weight and size — and never to move the system once it holds water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much room does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display tank is \u003cstrong\u003e59.4\" (151 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e long by 68 cm wide, and the system stands 165 cm tall without lighting. Plan 10 cm of clearance behind and 60 cm on one side for maintenance. The cabinet top sits at 100 cm — 14 cm higher than a straight REEFER.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Peninsula S-700 have a Euro brace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The S-700 carries the jet-black top and bottom bracing, like the Peninsula 500 and S-950. The only rimless Peninsula G3 is the 350.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19 mm (0.75\") ultra-clear glass tank, the 136.7 L (36.1 gal) glass sump, the piping with the ReefGate valve, the aluminum super-structure cabinet, the slide-out control panel 60 and the ReefATO+ system. Lighting, wavemakers, return pump, skimmer, ReefMat and the ReefATO+ top-off reservoir are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat return pump does the Peninsula S-700 G3 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea series manual recommends one \u003cstrong\u003eReefRun G2 12000\u003c\/strong\u003e (5,000-12,000 lph — 1,300-3,200 gph) for the PS-700 — the same pump Red Sea installs on the MAX version of this model. It is not included with the system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42824850112683,"sku":"RSR45231","price":9999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42824850145451,"sku":"RSR45230","price":9999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20250720-14c080efab1a14b6e79aefdbbe9050c6.png?v=1785109196"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-s-950-g3","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 — Euro-Brace 250 gal Room Divider Reef Aquarium","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula S-950 G3\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest peninsula reef tank in the Red Sea lineup: a 200 cm (78.7\") aquarium that sits perpendicular to a wall and divides the room, with two full-length viewing panes. With 947 L (250.2 US gal) of total system water and complete REEF-SPEC infrastructure, this is the platform for a large reef aquarium — and the only model in the range that ships with a two-part sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore the numbers, watch how the ReefATO+ keeps a REEFER system topped off — filmed right here at the store:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" title=\"Red Sea ReefATO+ explained by ReefSolution\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" loading=\"lazy\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Peninsula S-950 G3 numbers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal system water volume: 947 L (250.2 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank water volume: 757 L (200.0 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-cabinet sump water volume: 189.6 L (50.1 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay tank length: 200 cm (78.7\") — width: 68 cm (26.8\") — tank height: 65 cm (25.6\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal system height: 165 cm (65.0\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e19 mm (0.75\") ultra-clear glass on all four sides and the bottom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim type: jet-black Euro-brace at the top, plus a bottom brace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeluxe lighting configuration: 4 x ReefLED G2 170 (optional)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide-out control panel 60 included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's official presentation of the Peninsula G3 line:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" title=\"The REEFER Peninsula G3 line presented by Red Sea\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" loading=\"lazy\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWeight, floor load and clearances\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea series manual publishes the numbers almost nobody else does. Fully loaded, the complete system weighs 1460 kg (3219 lb): the flooring directly below the aquarium must be rated for that load. The glass tank alone weighs 251 kg (553 lb) — that is a team lift, not a two-person job. The top of the cabinet sits 100 cm (40\") from the floor. Red Sea recommends 10 cm (4\") of clearance behind the system and 60 cm (24\") between one side and any adjacent wall or furniture, for cable access and reaching the rear of the tank. And one absolute rule: a REEFER is never moved with water in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe split sump — exclusive to the S-950\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is what sets the S-950 apart from every other Peninsula: Red Sea ships it with a unique two-part sump system. The main sump is refugium-ready, with a skimmer chamber you can set at different heights, plus micron filter bags and media cups. The extension sump is yours to define: a frag tank, an oversized refugium, or an extra stage of filtration. Unhook it from the main sump entirely and it becomes an R\/O reservoir or a water-change station. On a 947 L (250.2 US gal) system, that flexibility changes how you build your filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEuro-brace construction and 19 mm glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe S-950 carries a jet-black Euro-brace framing the top of the tank, completed by a bottom brace — a construction shared only by the Peninsula S-700 and S-950 in this range. The low-iron ultra-clear glass is 19 mm (0.75\") thick on every pane. Across a 200 cm (78.7\") span viewed from both sides, that combination is what holds the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAluminum cabinet and slide-out control panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe marine-spec S-series cabinet is built on a robust aluminum super structure with replaceable exterior panels and concealed adjustable feet that let you level the system precisely on any floor. The included slide-out control panel 60 makes it simple to mount and reach your controllers and other gear — the cabinet interior is black. A practical Peninsula detail: the cabinet doors can be installed on the left or right side, whichever gives you the best access to your sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlumbing: ReefGate, silent downflow and side returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike every G3, the S-950 gets the ReefGate, a high-precision valve on the drain line that lets you dial in the flow until the plumbing runs near silent. The G3's optimized piping keeps flow strong across the entire 200 cm (78.7\") length, and the two side-mounted return nozzles are curved to spread the water evenly from end to end. The surface skimmer feeds the downflow continuously, and the sump accepts a ReefMat without modification thanks to its removable mechanical filtration compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included — and what is not\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the tank, the aluminum-structure cabinet, the main sump and its extension sump, complete plumbing with the ReefGate, the ReefATO+ kit (top-off control, temperature monitoring and leak detection) and the slide-out control panel 60. Not included — like every REEFER, you pick your own gear: the return pump (Red Sea recommends the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 12000\u003c\/a\u003e, 5000-12000 lph \/ 1300-3200 gph), the lighting (the Deluxe configuration calls for 4 x \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 170\u003c\/a\u003e), circulation (Red Sea's published MAX configuration uses 2 x \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45\"\u003eReefWave 45\u003c\/a\u003e), the protein skimmer (\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-900dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRSK DC 900\u003c\/a\u003e in the MAX configuration) and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-1200\"\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/a\u003e for automatic mechanical filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo things nobody plans for before delivery day\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top-off reservoir is not included: Red Sea states it plainly in the series manual — the ReefATO+ needs a reservoir, and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan\u003c\/a\u003e is built for exactly that. That reservoir gets filled with RO water: on a 947 L (250.2 US gal) system, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003eRO unit\u003c\/a\u003e is not a luxury, it is a prerequisite. On an open-top tank, fish can jump — true of every brand, not a Red Sea flaw. Order the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003eNet Cover\u003c\/a\u003e at the same time as the tank, not after finding one on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eToo big for your space? The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-peninsula-s-700-g3\"\u003ePeninsula S-700 G3\u003c\/a\u003e offers the same S-series construction at 151 cm (59.4\"), and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-peninsula-500-g3\"\u003ePeninsula 500 G3\u003c\/a\u003e brings the peninsula concept down to 125 cm (49.2\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"The Peninsula S-950 is the dream of a guy like me: probably one of the most beautiful aquariums out there — the finish is impeccable. It takes a real budget, but it's the masterpiece of a home, a centerpiece that becomes a true attraction. It's a marvel. If you can afford it, go for it — just don't forget to plan the manpower to move it and set it up.\" — Stéphane, ReefSolution\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REEFER Peninsula S-950 G3 comes with a standard 3-year warranty. Register your system with Red Sea within 90 days of purchase and receive 2 more years — 5 years total, at no extra cost. Canada is among the countries eligible for the extended warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquarium ReefSolution is an authorized Red Sea dealer in Canada: full manufacturer warranty, pricing in line with the Canadian market, and real after-sale support. When you buy a REEFER from us, that's where we come in: we support you in building the best system for your expectations and your budget — we tell you what to buy, and what not to buy — and we walk you through starting up a system of this scale instead of leaving you alone with the crates. We ship anywhere in Canada at a flat 100 $ rate. Freight moves LTL: the truck drops the crate outside, and that is all — delivery does not include carrying the aquarium inside or setting it up, so have your labour on site that day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Peninsula S-950 and the Peninsula S-700?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize and the sump. The S-950 is 200 cm (78.7\") long with 947 L (250.2 US gal) total; the S-700 is 151 cm (59.4\") with 705 L (186.2 US gal). Both share 19 mm glass, the Euro-brace with bottom brace, the aluminum structure and the control panel 60 — but only the S-950 ships with the two-part split sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the return pump and protein skimmer included with the S-950?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Like every REEFER, the S-950 comes ready for the equipment of your choice: the ReefATO+ and the slide-out control panel 60 are included, but the return pump (Red Sea recommends the ReefRun G2 12000), lighting, circulation and skimmer are chosen separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the extension sump on the S-950 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea designs it for four uses: a frag tank, an oversized refugium, an extra stage of filtration, or — once unhooked from the main sump — an R\/O reservoir or a water-change station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight does the floor need to support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes a total loaded weight of 1460 kg (3219 lb) for the PS-950 G3. The flooring directly below the system must be rated for that load, and the system must never be moved with water in it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42824873902251,"sku":"RSR45239","price":11999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42824873935019,"sku":"RSR45238","price":11999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20250720-575b8e941bf074c50da80d21221c9d30.png?v=1785115531"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-1000-g2-black","title":"Red Sea Reefer-S 1000 G2+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reefer-S 1000 G2+ - Next Generation Complete Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e The \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reefer-S 1000 G2+\u003c\/strong\u003e represents the ultimate evolution of all-in-one reef systems. Designed for discerning aquarists, this system incorporates Red Sea's latest innovations in filtration, lighting, and design to create an optimal reef environment in a stylish and functional format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Next Generation G2+ Reef System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e The Red Sea G2+ series pushes the boundaries of reef aquariums with significant improvements over previous generations. This system incorporates optimized filtration, a sleek design, and advanced features that simplify maintenance while maximizing the health of your reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Main Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-One System\u003c\/strong\u003e : Integrated aquarium, cabinet, filtration and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Clear Glass\u003c\/strong\u003e : Exceptional optical clarity for an unobstructed view of your reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eOptimized Filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e : ReefMat Ready settling system for crystal-clear water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eClean Design\u003c\/strong\u003e : Modern lines and professional finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e : Solid construction with integrated storage for equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eReady for Automation\u003c\/strong\u003e : Compatible with advanced control and dosing systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Access\u003c\/strong\u003e : Smart design for simplified maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Advanced Filtration System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e The Reefer-S 1000 G2+ incorporates a sophisticated sump with optimized compartments for skimmer, reactors, heater, and dosing. The system is ReefMat compatible for automated mechanical filtration, eliminating frequent filter foam changes and maintaining consistently crystal-clear water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e : Reefer-S 1000 G2+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e : RSR43401G2P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code\u003c\/strong\u003e : 730773434015\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e : Red Sea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e : 500 lbs (complete system)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\n \u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e : Specialized delivery required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Ideal For\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e The Reefer-S 1000 G2+ is ideal for intermediate to advanced reef aquarists looking for a complete, reliable, and aesthetically pleasing system. Its generous capacity allows for the maintenance of a wide variety of SPS, LPS, and soft corals, as well as a diverse population of reef fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003e Installation and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e Red Sea offers comprehensive documentation and technical support to facilitate the installation and startup of your system. The modular design allows for customization to meet your specific equipment and automation needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003cem\u003eInvest in excellence with the Red Sea Reefer-S 1000 G2+ - the reef system that combines performance, aesthetics and innovation to create the reef of your dreams.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White (White)","offer_id":42825316499627,"sku":"RSR43401G2P","price":10199.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black (Black)","offer_id":42825316532395,"sku":"RSR43400G2P","price":10199.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/AVvXsEgd_UjLLPSb3wDyJrm1Cff1kKdSPj8Jw3HUOlrx4YBxSrYjUOCjc917q_dXK_z_ExOCLy4lCo1DqJIZtqGUV7BdTsQyE5YK1E0v4yFMVGC_RxqeVk8lYrn7KYC14xYPkYt3gLsIX5LaJp1jUDOcSTfEBMkl5ZNFUtmil1QpKPyMwrNSosK.png?v=1707945585"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-850-g2","title":"Red Sea REEFER-S 850 G3 – Premium Silent and Upgradeable Reef Aquarium","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S 850 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 179.6 gallons\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 224.5 gallons\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTray dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.9 × 26.8 × 25.6 inches\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 63 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Description\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The REEFER-S 850 G3 is a third-generation, ultra-large reef aquarium system designed for the serious aquarist. The S series is distinguished by its deeper and wider dimensions compared to the standard REEFER range, combined with superior structural and organizational features. The S-850 G3 offers ample space for elaborate aquascapes, while also being engineered for maximum performance, exceptional stability, and ultra-quiet operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Key Features of the S Series G3\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDeeper and Wider Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThe S-850 offers increased depth and width, allowing for more rock placement options, an open swimming area for fish, and optimal distance for coral growth. This added depth transforms the visual experience and enables spectacular three-dimensional aquascapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminum Superstructure Furniture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The cabinet's central structure is a robust, marine-grade aluminum frame that reinforces the plywood exterior, ensuring maximum stability and complete safety for large volumes of water. This professional construction guarantees long-term durability, even in humid environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Clear Lens with Euro-Brace Reinforcement\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThe REEFER-S 850 G3 features thick, ultra-clear glass with beveled edges and Euro-brace reinforcement along the top rim. Enjoy a vibrant, distortion-free view of your reef through this glass, designed for a modern and stylish look while offering exceptional strength and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSliding Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The S series cabinet incorporates a 60cm sliding control panel. This marine-spec panel offers a dedicated, organized and easily accessible space for mounting and managing electronic equipment and controllers, greatly simplifying installation and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ System\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThe G3 models come standard with the advanced, app-controlled ReefATO+ system. This highly reliable, intelligent 3-in-1 device ensures stable salinity through a precise auto top-off system (solid-state sensor), accurate digital temperature monitoring, and highly sensitive leak detection (titanium probes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNext Generation Water Management\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The plumbing system has been completely redesigned for superior quietness and efficiency. The high-precision ReefGate™ valve on the main drain allows for fine-tuning and easy adjustments, ensuring stable water levels and near-silent operation. The optimized system with dual side returns and superior hydrodynamic piping provides up to 50% more water circulation and optimal distribution throughout the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReef-Spec Sump Ready for ReefMat\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThe REEF-SPEC professional glass sump incorporates a dedicated mechanical filtration compartment, perfectly sized for plug-and-play installation of a Red Sea ReefMat automatic roller filter (sold separately) or standard filters and media.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReady-to-Assemble Plumbing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Includes all pre-cut piping with quick connections, eliminating the need for messy gluing or cutting during installation. Clean and quick installation guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Dimensions, Volumes and Use Cases\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 179.6 gallons\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 224.5 gallons\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTray dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.9 × 26.8 × 25.6 inches\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eApproximate total height with furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e 63 inches\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUltra-large S-Series format offering increased depth and width for elaborate multi-level aquascapes. Professional technical space with a sliding panel to integrate chillers, calcium reactors, multiple dosers, Apex controllers, illuminated refugiums, or complex modules. Ideal for competition SPS reefs, spectacular mixed setups, or prestigious commercial displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Recommended Equipment for S-Series\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBudget-friendly option — suitable for increased depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Main circulation pump: 4 units minimum for homogeneous flow over 26.8 inches depth; increase to 5-6 units to eliminate dead zones and improve three-dimensional circulation.\u003cbr\u003e Main lighting: 4 high-power units well spaced over 70.9 inches for deep penetration; stepless adjustments, stable spectrum.\u003cbr\u003e Light arm\/support: 4 sturdy adjustable supports for precise positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMid-range option — optimal coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003eSix-way mixing: 6 strategically placed pumps improve three-dimensional circulation, stabilize the flow and reduce waste accumulation.\u003cbr\u003e Lighting: 5 to 6 high-performance units for complete coverage; adjust height and intensity to compensate for depth.\u003cbr\u003e Quick tips: very gradual power increase over 8-12 weeks, regular cleaning, careful observation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePremium option — competition installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Optimized eightfold mixing: 8 programmable pumps with controller for total redundancy and simulation of various ocean currents.\u003cbr\u003e High-performance lighting: 6 to 8 professional units for uniform high PAR and complex multi-level layouts.\u003cbr\u003e Professional scalable installation: premium supports, clean cabling, complete monitoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDelivery available across Canada.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea manufacturer's warranty included. Professional installation recommended for this ultra-large size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White (White)","offer_id":42825335013547,"sku":"R45199","price":10499.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black (Black)","offer_id":42825335046315,"sku":"R45198","price":10499.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/s850_1.webp?v=1766349671"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-250","title":"Red Sea ReefMat 250 — Automatic ReefBeat Fleece Roller Filter for Reef Aquariums up to 66 gal","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 250\u003c\/strong\u003e is a smart automatic fleece roller filter for reef aquariums up to 250 liters (66 US gal). It replaces filter socks with fleece that advances on its own as it loads up, monitored remotely through Red Sea's ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMechanical filtration that stays clean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts 50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece — high-flow and skimmer friendly — traps debris and suspended particles. Roll changes happen without pulling the filter out of the sump or shutting off the pumps. Solid-state internal and external level sensors, no moving parts. Suitable for seawater aquariums only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSmart control through ReefBeat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWi-Fi connected to the ReefBeat ecosystem, the ReefMat 250 notifies you if the fleece gets torn, stuck or runs out — and when an error occurs, the motor stops feeding fleece until it's resolved. The End of Roll Monitor uses your average daily usage to tell you how many days remain; the performance log records hourly and daily dispensing; the advance length is customizable; and roll history keeps stats on every roll you've used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended for systems up to 250 L (66 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum flow capacity: 3500 LPH (900 US GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleece roll: 32 m (105 ft) long × 8 cm (3.2 in) wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit dimensions: 16 × 20 × 49 cm (6.3 × 7.9 × 19.3 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKink-resistant corrugated inlet hose (32 mm \/ 1.25 in ID) with universal metric\/USA PVC connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated media basket for supplemental chemical filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHangs on the front wall of the sump, or freestanding with the optional legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive unit and inlet hose can be positioned on either side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeawater aquariums only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility with Red Sea systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer the manufacturer's official chart, the ReefMat 250 is plug \u0026amp; play in REEFER G3, G2+ and G2 systems from 170 to 350, and in the Peninsula 350. On first-generation REEFER (V1\/V3) systems, the sock holders must be removed — the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-sump-modification-kit\"\u003eReefMat Sump Modification Kit\u003c\/a\u003e includes the blades and scraper made exactly for that job. MAX E-170 and E-260 systems also require sump modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefMat line is a genuine game changer. Red Sea didn't invent the roller filter — they improved it that much. What a roller gives you, and what a filter sock never will, is mechanical filtration that is \u003cstrong\u003ealways clean\u003c\/strong\u003e: a dirty sock turns into a biological filter and feeds the nitrogen cycle, while the ReefMat pulls waste out before it breaks down — your system's bioload goes down. Roll changes are dead easy, and ReefBeat warns you when the roll is nearly done. There's real protection built in too: if your sump level rises — say your return pump stops — the unit goes into standby instead of unspooling the whole roll. We run this gear at home ourselves (a NanoMat and a ReefMat 1200), and we stand behind it — we love it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoll life: what Red Sea publishes (and what it doesn't)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a fixed lifespan for a roll: it depends on your tank's bioload. If you see a number of weeks quoted elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer — ReefBeat gives you your real consumption and warns you ahead of time. Keep a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250-replacement-roll\"\u003eReefMat 250 replacement roll\u003c\/a\u003e on hand from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/i2nhe63Gzes\" title=\"Red Sea ReefMat 250 automatic fleece roller filter - overview\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/6wxeq6T3bQ4\" title=\"ReefMat 250 installation and operation\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ReefMat 250 fit my Reefer without modification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn REEFER G3, G2+ and G2 systems from 170 to 350 and the Peninsula 350: yes, plug \u0026amp; play per Red Sea's official chart. On a V1\/V3 Reefer, remove the sock holders first with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-sump-modification-kit\"\u003esump modification kit\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a ReefMat 250 roll last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes no fixed duration: it depends on your bioload, feeding and stocking. The ReefBeat app tracks your real consumption and shows the days remaining before the roll runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMy tank is over 66 gallons — which model should I pick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep up to the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e, built for systems up to 130 US gal with a wider fleece and a 1580 GPH maximum flow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43177840541867,"sku":"RSR35430","price":599.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-reefmat-250-closeup.jpg?v=1739042717"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-250-replacement-roll","title":"Red Sea ReefMat 250 — 105 ft Replacement Fleece Roll for Automatic Roller Filter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea replacement fleece roll for the ReefMat 250\u003c\/strong\u003e is the official refill for your automatic roller filter: 32 m (105 ft) of 50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece — high-flow and skimmer friendly — the exact same fleece that ships with the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 32 m (105 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 8 cm (3.2 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 gsm non-woven polyester fleece, high-flow, skimmer friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250\"\u003eRed Sea ReefMat 250\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll changes happen without removing the filter from the sump or shutting off the pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does a roll last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes no fixed lifespan: consumption depends on your tank's bioload, feeding and stocking. If you see a number of weeks quoted elsewhere, it doesn't come from the manufacturer. The ReefBeat app tracks your real consumption, shows the days remaining and warns you before the roll runs out — keep a spare on hand so you're never caught short.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this roll fit the other ReefMat models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — every model takes a roll cut to its exact width. This one is 8 cm wide for the ReefMat 250; the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-500-replacement-roll-28m\"\u003eReefMat 500 roll\u003c\/a\u003e is 11.3 cm and the 1200 roll is 17 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know when to change the roll on my ReefMat 250?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefBeat tells you: the End of Roll Monitor calculates the days remaining from your average usage, and the filter notifies you if the fleece runs out, tears or jams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need tools to change the roll?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea designed the system so the roll swaps out without pulling the ReefMat from the sump and without shutting off the pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43177850831019,"sku":"RSR35440","price":25.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/red-sea-reefmat-250-roll.jpg?v=1739048916"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-200-g3","title":"Red Sea REEFER 200 G3 — Rimless 52.8 gal Reef Aquarium with REEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eREEFER 200 G3\u003c\/strong\u003e is the smallest of Red Sea's straight REEFER systems to carry a full glass sump. On a 60 cm (23.6\") footprint you get a rimless ultra-clear tank, a marine-grade plywood cabinet, a 42 L (11.1 gal) REEF-SPEC sump and the ReefATO+ auto top-off — the plumbing logic of a large reef, folded into something that fits a living room wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe ReefATO+, installed on video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefATO+ ships with the tank, and it is the piece that changes daily life the most: it replaces evaporated water and holds salinity steady while you are at work. Here is the install, filmed at our Laval store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:177.78%;height:0;overflow:hidden;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WRicr45EG2k\" title=\"Installing the Red Sea ReefATO+ on a REEFER reef aquarium\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOfficial Red Sea figures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 L (52.8 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 158 L (41.7 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42 L (11.1 US gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 × 57.5 × 53 cm (23.6 × 22.6 × 20.9 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm (55.1 in), excluding the light unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e front 10 mm (0.4 in) · sides 12 mm (0.5 in) · bottom 10 mm (0.4 in) · back 8 mm (0.3 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRim type:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless, no internal brace, bevelled edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e white or black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the G3 generation changed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G3 rework is about flow. Red Sea claims up to 50% more circulation from redesigned piping, and the downpipe inlet is now a widened rectangle that breaks up turbulence — and with it, the sound of falling water. On top of that sits the \u003cstrong\u003eReefGate\u003c\/strong\u003e, a high-precision valve on the main downpipe that lets you dial in the overflow water level in small increments. Set it carefully and the system runs very discreetly; set it roughly and it will remind you with a permanent gurgle. It is worth spending fifteen minutes on it the day you fill the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/KRltaSxVQc4\" title=\"Red Sea ReefGate high precision valve on the REEFER G3 reef aquarium\" loading=\"lazy\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWeight and clearances\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the numbers nobody checks before buying and everybody thinks about after. Red Sea rates the \u003cstrong\u003efull running system at 315 kg (694 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e — that is what your floor carries. The empty glass tank alone is \u003cstrong\u003e40 kg (88 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e, so plan on at least two people to lift it onto the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manual asks for a minimum of 10 cm (3.9 in) behind the tank for cabling and airflow, and recommends roughly 60 cm (23.6 in) on each side so you can reach the back. The cabinet top sits about 86 cm (33.9 in) off the floor. Red Sea also suggests keeping the room near 22 °C (71.6 °F), away from direct sun and air-conditioning vents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box — and what is not\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e the glass tank, the flat-pack cabinet with adjustable feet, the ReefMat-Ready glass sump (optional refugium divider), the internal plumbing with return nozzle, and the ReefATO+ smart top-off with its temperature probe and leak detector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighting, return pump, skimmer, wave pumps and ReefMat. And one detail many listings quietly skip: \u003cstrong\u003eREEFER G3 systems come with no top-off water reservoir\u003c\/strong\u003e. The series manual says so in plain words. The ReefATO+ needs something to draw from — a jug works, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan 18 or 40\u003c\/a\u003e tucks into the cabinet properly. If you read anywhere that a reservoir is built into this model's sump, that claim does not come from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe gear Red Sea itself fits to this model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than invent \"recommended setups\", here is what Red Sea packs into its own REEFER MAX 200 G3 — the manufacturer's own sizing for this exact volume:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 115\u003c\/a\u003e — the unit specified for a tank this long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-25\"\u003eReefWave 25\u003c\/a\u003e (7,500 L\/h · 1,981 gph) for circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 4000\u003c\/a\u003e (2,000–4,000 L\/h · 530–1,060 gph) as the return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-300dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRSK 300 DC\u003c\/a\u003e (water flow 1,000 L\/h · 264 gph, air flow 500 L\/h · 132 gph)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-250\"\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/a\u003e, which takes the place of the filter sock drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNothing forces you to buy it all at once, and nothing forces you to stay inside one brand. But if you are unsure about sizing, that list is the manufacturer's answer rather than an opinion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSump and mechanical filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface water leaves through removable combs, drops down the main pipe metered by the ReefGate, then passes the mechanical filtration module — 225 micron socks or media cups, your choice. Red Sea suggests keeping at least three sets of socks in rotation, so one set dries after washing while another is in service. That module lifts out entirely to make room for a ReefMat, with no sump modification. A bubble trap with a coarse sponge protects the return pump, and the constant-level pump chamber is the one the ReefATO+ watches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur advice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a nice little aquarium — practical, it does not eat your floor space, and it is a good system for a first step into reef keeping: easy to understand, easy to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMy advice before you commit to a small tank like this one: think hard about what you actually want. It is always the same story with small aquariums — people often have the budget for something bigger, but they pick small out of caution, or for all sorts of reasons, and they quickly wish they had gone larger. If you want small and you love small, that is wonderful. But if you are not sure, take the time to weigh your budget, the dimensions and the space you have — because with a small aquarium, you run out of room fast. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefer-250-g3\"\u003eREEFER 250 G3\u003c\/a\u003e is the next size up, and it is worth comparing the two before you decide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e— Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWe build the system with you\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA reef system is not bought in a single order, and that is perfectly fine. Write to us or come to the Laval store with your budget and your project: we work out the configuration that matches what you expect from the tank, starting with the essentials and adding the rest at your own pace. We do this every day, and it costs nothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eREEFER G3 systems carry a 3-year worldwide warranty. Canada is one of the countries where registering the system within 90 days of purchase adds 2 more years at no charge — 5 years in total. Coverage applies to the glass tank and the cabinet, is limited to the original owner and requires proof of purchase. Equipment supplied with the system, such as the ReefATO+, carries its own separate warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy buy from ReefSolution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthorized Red Sea dealer in Canada, with factory support behind the warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical store in Laval, Quebec: see REEFER systems running before you commit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping across Canada. Free shipping available depending on order value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter-sales support in English and French\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor top-off water, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003eRO\/DI unit\u003c\/a\u003e is the one purchase nobody plans and everybody ends up making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gallons is the Red Sea REEFER 200 G3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete system holds 200 L, or 52.8 US gallons according to Red Sea's own configurator. The display tank alone holds 158 L (41.7 US gal) and the sump 42 L (11.1 US gal).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the REEFER 200 G3 an all in one reef tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot in the usual sense. It ships as a complete water-management platform — tank, cabinet, sump, plumbing and the ReefATO+ top-off — but lighting, return pump, skimmer, wave pumps and roller filter are sold separately. Red Sea's fully equipped version is sold under the REEFER MAX name; on the standard model, the equipment choice is yours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat return pump does a REEFER 200 G3 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea series manual recommends a ReefRun G2 4000, rated 2,000 to 4,000 L\/h (530 to 1,060 gph). It is not included with the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the REEFER 200 G3 rimless?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Across the straight REEFER range, models up to the 350 are rimless with bevelled edges; the internal brace starts at the 425. Aluminium front reinforcement applies only from the 525 upward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a REEFER 200 G3 a good nano reef tank for a beginner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a solid starting point: sump, overflow and top-off are engineered together, which avoids the improvised plumbing that causes most early surprises. The real question is not difficulty, it is volume — 158 L fills up quickly once corals and fish start appealing to you. Read our advice above before deciding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does a REEFER 200 G3 weigh when full?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea rates the complete running system at 315 kg (694 lb). That is the load your floor carries, and it is worth checking before buying if the tank is going upstairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":43446639001771,"sku":"R45119","price":2699.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43446639034539,"sku":"R45118","price":2699.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20251208-a666517d5bfcb2793d55e5fef9f69bb3.png?v=1785121517"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-300-g3","title":"Red Sea REEFER 300 G3 — Deep Rimless Reef Tank, 300 L on a 90 cm Footprint","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reefer 300 G3 — Depth That Transforms Your Reef\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Reefer 300 G3 is a complete reef platform built for aquarists short on wall space who refuse to give up \u003cstrong\u003edepth\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its rimless, reinforced ultra-clear glass tank delivers a true three-dimensional reefscape: more relief in your aquascape, more front-to-back swimming room, more freedom to place corals exactly where they belong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOfficial Red Sea numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e display tank 90 cm (35.4 in) long × 57.5 cm (22.6 in) deep × 55 cm (21.7 in) high. Total system volume: \u003cstrong\u003e300 L (79.2 US gal)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 246 L (65 US gal) display plus a 54 L (14.3 US gal) REEF-SPEC sump. Total height with cabinet: 142 cm (55.9 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe REEFER G3 Series on Video\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\u003ciframe style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOfficial Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless reinforced ultra-clear glass — 12 mm front, sides and bottom, 10 mm rear. No frame, no brace: an unobstructed view across the entire front and sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e reinforced marine-grade plywood, water-resistant and built for humid environments, with adjustable feet for precise leveling. Complete system height: 142 cm (55.9 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC sump, 54 L (14.3 US gal):\u003c\/strong\u003e dedicated mechanical filtration and media compartment, skimmer chamber with adjustable water height, micro-bubble trap and a controlled return zone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled, glue-free plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e silent down-flow regulated by a high-precision gate valve, hydrodynamically improved piping, and an integrated emergency overflow that protects the system if flow ever varies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e the system is prepared for Red Sea's ReefATO+ auto top-off module. Note: the Red Sea manual states that REEFER G3 systems do not include a reservoir for the top-off water — plan for one separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e300 vs 250: Same Footprint, More Depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Reefer 300 G3 shares the exact 90 cm (35.4 in) length of the Reefer 250 G3, but adds 7.5 cm of depth and 2 cm of tank height. The payoff: volume climbs from 250 L to 300 L, the aquascape becomes genuinely three-dimensional, and water circulates with fewer dead spots. It fills the gap perfectly between the 250, which some find limiting, and the 350, which needs 120 cm of wall space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Gear We Recommend\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's lighting recommendation for this model is 2 ReefLED G2 115 units in the DLX configuration — that's our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefled-g2-eclairage-led\"\u003eReefLED G2 lineup\u003c\/a\u003e. For circulation, pair a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/reefrun-g2-dc-pump\"\u003eReefRun G2 DC return pump\u003c\/a\u003e with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-45\"\u003eReefWave 45\u003c\/a\u003e wave pumps. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-600dc-reefer-skimmer\"\u003eRed Sea 600 DC skimmer\u003c\/a\u003e drops straight into the sump's dedicated chamber, and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-500\"\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/a\u003e automates mechanical filtration. For auto top-off, add the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-reefcan\"\u003eReefCan reservoir\u003c\/a\u003e, and for pure water, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/aquaticlife-classic-100-gpd-stage-ro-unit\"\u003eAquaticLife 100 GPD RO\/DI unit\u003c\/a\u003e. Finally, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/red-sea-aquarium-net-cover-24\"\u003e24 in Net Cover\u003c\/a\u003e protects jumping fish — more on that below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included \/ What to Plan For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless ultra-clear tank, reinforced marine cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, silent down-flow system, pre-assembled plumbing with high-precision gate valve, emergency overflow, ReefATO+ preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlan for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighting, return pump, wave pumps, protein skimmer, mechanical filtration, top-off reservoir, RO\/DI unit, salt, substrate and rock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOne Minute of Advice Before You Start\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up your first reef tank? Here's one minute of advice from our team — the five things that save new reefers years of frustration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:340px;margin:20px auto;\"\u003e\n\u003cvideo controls preload=\"metadata\" playsinline poster=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/preview_images\/a0d8f76d45be47608a2959a5d17edde0.thumbnail.0000000000.jpg?v=1786118780\" data-vs=\"51344465035435\" style=\"width:100%;border-radius:8px;\"\u003e\n\u003csource src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/videos\/c\/vp\/a0d8f76d45be47608a2959a5d17edde0\/a0d8f76d45be47608a2959a5d17edde0.HD-1080p-7.2Mbps-91038996.mp4\" type=\"video\/mp4\"\u003e\n\u003c\/video\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOur Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Reefer 300 G3 is the ideal choice when you're short on length but still want real depth. What makes a deep tank special is that beautiful three-dimensional effect. Yes, less length is a compromise for large fish, but you can absolutely build something stunning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMistakes to avoid: always run proper circulation (three pumps minimum), a well-tuned skimmer, and a quiet, properly set down-flow. Just ask us — we can help you find the setup that fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Net Cover matters.\u003c\/strong\u003e As soon as you keep jumping fish (clownfish, wrasses, firefish…), get a Net Cover. Finding your little fish on the floor in the morning is hard, especially when it's a family hobby and the kids have named them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Reefer 300 is for people who don't have the space for a 350 but find the 250 too small. Same length as the 250 (90 cm), with more width and depth — so more three dimensions, more volume for flow, more flexibility. And here at ReefSolution, we're here to help: we can call you, talk it through, and you can drop by the store anytime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e— Stéphane, Aquarium ReefSolution\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eREEFER G3 systems carry a standard 3-year worldwide warranty on the glass tank and cabinet. In Canada, register your system at redseafish.com within 90 days of purchase and receive 2 additional years at no charge — 5 years total. Additional equipment (lighting, pumps, skimmer, ReefATO+) carries its own individual warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy From ReefSolution?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you buy an aquarium from us, we actually help: we can call you, discuss your project, and you're always welcome at the store in Laval. Installation, equipment choices, flow tuning, coral selection — we're there before and after the sale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure shipping across Canada.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Reefer 300 G3 better for SPS or LPS corals?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth. With the right lighting and well-planned flow, its 57.5 cm (22.6 in) depth supports a solid SPS reef as well as a mixed SPS\/LPS display. That depth is exactly what gives you the flexibility to place each coral at the right height under the light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich return pump should I choose for the Reefer 300 G3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefRun G2 DC is the natural pick within the Red Sea ecosystem: programmable flow through the ReefBeat app and direct integration into the REEF-SPEC sump. Contact us to confirm the right flow rate for your full setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I really need a Net Cover on a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you keep jumping fish — and nearly every reefer ends up with one — yes. A rimless tank has no edge to stop a jumper. The 24 in Net Cover trims to size and installs in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Red Sea Reefer","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":43446644736171,"sku":"R45133","price":3899.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43446644768939,"sku":"R45132","price":3899.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/files\/product-20250609-074a1cac4ae4b4278e45760e5bf1f33b.png?v=1785261674"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0513\/7108\/1899\/collections\/23263_26ed4ecc-b782-4d1a-9293-8189cbf4a775.jpg?v=1732306564","url":"https:\/\/reefsolution.com\/en\/collections\/red-sea-reefer.oembed?page=4","provider":"Reef Solution","version":"1.0","type":"link"}